blob: f57ce140e52020d0403eab16fee4ed604cfd098a [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001//===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading ---------------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +000016#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000017#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000018#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000019#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +000021#include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +000022#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregor58e008d2008-11-13 20:12:29 +000023#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +000024#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000025#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
26#include <algorithm>
Torok Edwindb714922009-08-24 13:25:12 +000027#include <cstdio>
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000028
29namespace clang {
30
31/// GetConversionCategory - Retrieve the implicit conversion
32/// category corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000033ImplicitConversionCategory
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000034GetConversionCategory(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
35 static const ImplicitConversionCategory
36 Category[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
37 ICC_Identity,
38 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
39 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
40 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
41 ICC_Qualification_Adjustment,
42 ICC_Promotion,
43 ICC_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +000044 ICC_Promotion,
45 ICC_Conversion,
46 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000047 ICC_Conversion,
48 ICC_Conversion,
49 ICC_Conversion,
50 ICC_Conversion,
51 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +000052 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +000053 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000054 ICC_Conversion
55 };
56 return Category[(int)Kind];
57}
58
59/// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank
60/// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
61ImplicitConversionRank GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
62 static const ImplicitConversionRank
63 Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
64 ICR_Exact_Match,
65 ICR_Exact_Match,
66 ICR_Exact_Match,
67 ICR_Exact_Match,
68 ICR_Exact_Match,
69 ICR_Promotion,
70 ICR_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +000071 ICR_Promotion,
72 ICR_Conversion,
73 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000074 ICR_Conversion,
75 ICR_Conversion,
76 ICR_Conversion,
77 ICR_Conversion,
78 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +000079 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +000080 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000081 ICR_Conversion
82 };
83 return Rank[(int)Kind];
84}
85
86/// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of
87/// implicit conversion.
88const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
89 static const char* Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
90 "No conversion",
91 "Lvalue-to-rvalue",
92 "Array-to-pointer",
93 "Function-to-pointer",
94 "Qualification",
95 "Integral promotion",
96 "Floating point promotion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +000097 "Complex promotion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000098 "Integral conversion",
99 "Floating conversion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000100 "Complex conversion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000101 "Floating-integral conversion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000102 "Complex-real conversion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000103 "Pointer conversion",
104 "Pointer-to-member conversion",
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000105 "Boolean conversion",
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000106 "Compatible-types conversion",
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000107 "Derived-to-base conversion"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000108 };
109 return Name[Kind];
110}
111
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000112/// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion
113/// sequence to the identity conversion.
114void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() {
115 First = ICK_Identity;
116 Second = ICK_Identity;
117 Third = ICK_Identity;
118 Deprecated = false;
119 ReferenceBinding = false;
120 DirectBinding = false;
Sebastian Redlf69a94a2009-03-29 22:46:24 +0000121 RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000122 CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000123}
124
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000125/// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence
126/// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the
127/// implicit conversions.
128ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const {
129 ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match;
130 if (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank)
131 Rank = GetConversionRank(First);
132 if (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank)
133 Rank = GetConversionRank(Second);
134 if (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank)
135 Rank = GetConversionRank(Third);
136 return Rank;
137}
138
139/// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is
140/// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000141/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000142/// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000143bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000144 QualType FromType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(FromTypePtr);
145 QualType ToType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(ToTypePtr);
146
147 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
148 // array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so
149 // check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is
150 // a pointer.
151 if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +0000152 (FromType->isPointerType() || FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000153 First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer))
154 return true;
155
156 return false;
157}
158
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000159/// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this
160/// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is
161/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++
162/// 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000163bool
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000164StandardConversionSequence::
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000165isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const {
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000166 QualType FromType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(FromTypePtr);
167 QualType ToType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(ToTypePtr);
168
169 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
170 // array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence
171 // and redo the conversion to get a pointer.
172 if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
173 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
174
175 if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000176 if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000177 return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType();
178
179 return false;
180}
181
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000182/// DebugPrint - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard
183/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
184void StandardConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
185 bool PrintedSomething = false;
186 if (First != ICK_Identity) {
187 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(First));
188 PrintedSomething = true;
189 }
190
191 if (Second != ICK_Identity) {
192 if (PrintedSomething) {
193 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
194 }
195 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(Second));
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000196
197 if (CopyConstructor) {
198 fprintf(stderr, " (by copy constructor)");
199 } else if (DirectBinding) {
200 fprintf(stderr, " (direct reference binding)");
201 } else if (ReferenceBinding) {
202 fprintf(stderr, " (reference binding)");
203 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000204 PrintedSomething = true;
205 }
206
207 if (Third != ICK_Identity) {
208 if (PrintedSomething) {
209 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
210 }
211 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(Third));
212 PrintedSomething = true;
213 }
214
215 if (!PrintedSomething) {
216 fprintf(stderr, "No conversions required");
217 }
218}
219
220/// DebugPrint - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard
221/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
222void UserDefinedConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
223 if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) {
224 Before.DebugPrint();
225 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
226 }
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000227 fprintf(stderr, "'%s'", ConversionFunction->getNameAsString().c_str());
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000228 if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) {
229 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
230 After.DebugPrint();
231 }
232}
233
234/// DebugPrint - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard
235/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
236void ImplicitConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
237 switch (ConversionKind) {
238 case StandardConversion:
239 fprintf(stderr, "Standard conversion: ");
240 Standard.DebugPrint();
241 break;
242 case UserDefinedConversion:
243 fprintf(stderr, "User-defined conversion: ");
244 UserDefined.DebugPrint();
245 break;
246 case EllipsisConversion:
247 fprintf(stderr, "Ellipsis conversion");
248 break;
249 case BadConversion:
250 fprintf(stderr, "Bad conversion");
251 break;
252 }
253
254 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
255}
256
257// IsOverload - Determine whether the given New declaration is an
258// overload of the Old declaration. This routine returns false if New
259// and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if they are functions with the
260// same signature (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old declaration isn't a
261// function (or overload set). When it does return false and Old is an
262// OverloadedFunctionDecl, MatchedDecl will be set to point to the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000263// FunctionDecl that New cannot be overloaded with.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000264//
265// Example: Given the following input:
266//
267// void f(int, float); // #1
268// void f(int, int); // #2
269// int f(int, int); // #3
270//
271// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f",
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000272// so IsOverload will not be used.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000273//
274// When we process #2, Old is a FunctionDecl for #1. By comparing the
275// parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded (since they
276// have different signatures), so this routine returns false;
277// MatchedDecl is unchanged.
278//
279// When we process #3, Old is an OverloadedFunctionDecl containing #1
280// and #2. We compare the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded,
281// so we do nothing) and then #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and
282// #2 are identical (return types of functions are not part of the
283// signature), IsOverload returns false and MatchedDecl will be set to
284// point to the FunctionDecl for #2.
285bool
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000286Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, Decl* OldD,
287 OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator& MatchedDecl) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000288 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl* Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(OldD)) {
289 // Is this new function an overload of every function in the
290 // overload set?
291 OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
292 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
293 for (; Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
294 if (!IsOverload(New, *Func, MatchedDecl)) {
295 MatchedDecl = Func;
296 return false;
297 }
298 }
299
300 // This function overloads every function in the overload set.
301 return true;
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +0000302 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Old = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
303 return IsOverload(New, Old->getTemplatedDecl(), MatchedDecl);
304 else if (FunctionDecl* Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD)) {
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000305 FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000306 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
307
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000308 // C++ [temp.fct]p2:
309 // A function template can be overloaded with other function templates
310 // and with normal (non-template) functions.
311 if ((OldTemplate == 0) != (NewTemplate == 0))
312 return true;
313
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000314 // Is the function New an overload of the function Old?
315 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
316 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
317
318 // Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to
319 // determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch
320 // in the signature, they are overloads.
321
322 // If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no
323 // prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000324 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) ||
325 isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr()))
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000326 return false;
327
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000328 FunctionProtoType* OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType);
329 FunctionProtoType* NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000330
331 // The signature of a function includes the types of its
332 // parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence
333 // of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357).
334 if (OldQType != NewQType &&
335 (OldType->getNumArgs() != NewType->getNumArgs() ||
336 OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() ||
337 !std::equal(OldType->arg_type_begin(), OldType->arg_type_end(),
338 NewType->arg_type_begin())))
339 return true;
340
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000341 // C++ [temp.over.link]p4:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000342 // The signature of a function template consists of its function
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000343 // signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names
344 // of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000345 // relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000346 // signature.
347 //
348 // We check the return type and template parameter lists for function
349 // templates first; the remaining checks follow.
350 if (NewTemplate &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000351 (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
352 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000353 false, false, SourceLocation()) ||
354 OldType->getResultType() != NewType->getResultType()))
355 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000356
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000357 // If the function is a class member, its signature includes the
358 // cv-qualifiers (if any) on the function itself.
359 //
360 // As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions
361 // is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++
362 // 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature,
363 // this check is important to determine whether these functions
364 // can be overloaded.
365 CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
366 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000367 if (OldMethod && NewMethod &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000368 !OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic() &&
Douglas Gregorb81897c2008-11-21 15:36:28 +0000369 OldMethod->getTypeQualifiers() != NewMethod->getTypeQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000370 return true;
371
372 // The signatures match; this is not an overload.
373 return false;
374 } else {
375 // (C++ 13p1):
376 // Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type
377 // declarations cannot be overloaded.
378 return false;
379 }
380}
381
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000382/// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion
383/// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This
384/// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used
385/// to perform the initialization. Given
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000386///
387/// void f(float f);
388/// void g(int i) { f(i); }
389///
390/// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to
391/// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard
392/// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++
393/// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9).
394//
395/// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be
396/// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such,
397/// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available,
398/// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind
399/// "BadConversion".
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000400///
401/// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are
402/// not permitted.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000403/// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are
404/// permitted.
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000405/// If @p ForceRValue, then overloading is performed as if From was an rvalue,
406/// no matter its actual lvalueness.
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000407/// If @p UserCast, the implicit conversion is being done for a user-specified
408/// cast.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000409ImplicitConversionSequence
Anders Carlsson5ec4abf2009-08-27 17:14:02 +0000410Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
411 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000412 bool AllowExplicit, bool ForceRValue,
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000413 bool InOverloadResolution,
414 bool UserCast) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000415 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
Fariborz Jahanian19c73282009-09-15 00:10:11 +0000416 OverloadCandidateSet Conversions;
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000417 OverloadingResult UserDefResult = OR_Success;
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000418 if (IsStandardConversion(From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, ICS.Standard))
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000419 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000420 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000421 (UserDefResult = IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType,
422 ICS.UserDefined,
Fariborz Jahanian19c73282009-09-15 00:10:11 +0000423 Conversions,
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000424 !SuppressUserConversions, AllowExplicit,
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000425 ForceRValue, UserCast)) == OR_Success) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000426 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000427 // C++ [over.ics.user]p4:
428 // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class
429 // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an
430 // expression of class type to a base class of that type is
431 // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy
432 // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is
433 // called for those cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000434 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000435 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000436 QualType FromCanon
Douglas Gregorbb2e68832009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000437 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
438 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
439 if (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon)) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000440 // Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it
441 // gets ranked with standard conversion sequences.
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000442 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
443 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
444 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = From->getType().getAsOpaquePtr();
445 ICS.Standard.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000446 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor;
Douglas Gregorbb2e68832009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000447 if (ToCanon != FromCanon)
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000448 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
449 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000450 }
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +0000451
452 // C++ [over.best.ics]p4:
453 // However, when considering the argument of a user-defined
454 // conversion function that is a candidate by 13.3.1.3 when
455 // invoked for the copying of the temporary in the second step
456 // of a class copy-initialization, or by 13.3.1.4, 13.3.1.5, or
457 // 13.3.1.6 in all cases, only standard conversion sequences and
458 // ellipsis conversion sequences are allowed.
459 if (SuppressUserConversions &&
460 ICS.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion)
461 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000462 } else {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000463 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000464 if (UserDefResult == OR_Ambiguous) {
465 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = Conversions.begin();
466 Cand != Conversions.end(); ++Cand)
Fariborz Jahanian574de2c2009-10-12 17:51:19 +0000467 if (Cand->Viable)
468 ICS.ConversionFunctionSet.push_back(Cand->Function);
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000469 }
470 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000471
472 return ICS;
473}
474
475/// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard
476/// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the
477/// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences
478/// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class
479/// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will
480/// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this
481/// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this
482/// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000483bool
484Sema::IsStandardConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000485 bool InOverloadResolution,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000486 StandardConversionSequence &SCS) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000487 QualType FromType = From->getType();
488
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000489 // Standard conversions (C++ [conv])
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000490 SCS.setAsIdentityConversion();
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000491 SCS.Deprecated = false;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000492 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000493 SCS.FromTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000494 SCS.CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000495
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000496 // There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000497 // abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000498 if (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType()) {
499 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
500 return false;
501
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000502 // When we're overloading in C, we allow, as standard conversions,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000503 }
504
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000505 // The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion,
506 // array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion
507 // (C++ 4p1).
508
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000509 // Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++ 4.1):
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000510 // An lvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can be
511 // converted to an rvalue.
512 Expr::isLvalueResult argIsLvalue = From->isLvalue(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000513 if (argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid &&
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000514 !FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() &&
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +0000515 Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != Context.OverloadTy) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000516 SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000517
518 // If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
519 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000520 // is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we
521 // just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter.
522
523 // FIXME: Doesn't see through to qualifiers behind a typedef!
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000524 FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000525 } else if (FromType->isArrayType()) {
526 // Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000527 SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000528
529 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown
530 // bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to
531 // T" (C++ 4.2p1).
532 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
533
534 if (IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) {
535 // This conversion is deprecated. (C++ D.4).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000536 SCS.Deprecated = true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000537
538 // For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution
539 // (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an
540 // array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification
541 // conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000542 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
543 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
544 SCS.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
545 return true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000546 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000547 } else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid) {
548 // Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000549 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000550
551 // An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of
552 // type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the
553 // function. (C++ 4.3p1).
554 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000555 } else if (FunctionDecl *Fn
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000556 = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000557 // Address of overloaded function (C++ [over.over]).
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000558 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
559
560 // We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function,
561 // so we can convert to the type of that function.
562 FromType = Fn->getType();
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000563 if (ToType->isLValueReferenceType())
564 FromType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(FromType);
565 else if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType())
566 FromType = Context.getRValueReferenceType(FromType);
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +0000567 else if (ToType->isMemberPointerType()) {
568 // Resolve address only succeeds if both sides are member pointers,
569 // but it doesn't have to be the same class. See DR 247.
570 // Note that this means that the type of &Derived::fn can be
571 // Ret (Base::*)(Args) if the fn overload actually found is from the
572 // base class, even if it was brought into the derived class via a
573 // using declaration. The standard isn't clear on this issue at all.
574 CXXMethodDecl *M = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn);
575 FromType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType,
576 Context.getTypeDeclType(M->getParent()).getTypePtr());
577 } else
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000578 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000579 } else {
580 // We don't require any conversions for the first step.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000581 SCS.First = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000582 }
583
584 // The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating
585 // point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion,
586 // floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion,
587 // pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000588 // For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type"
589 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000590 bool IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000591 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000592 // The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no
593 // conversion to do.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000594 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000595 } else if (IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000596 // Integral promotion (C++ 4.5).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000597 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000598 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000599 } else if (IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
600 // Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000601 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000602 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000603 } else if (IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
604 // Complex promotion (Clang extension)
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000605 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion;
606 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000607 } else if ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000608 (ToType->isIntegralType() && !ToType->isEnumeralType())) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000609 // Integral conversions (C++ 4.7).
610 // FIXME: isIntegralType shouldn't be true for enums in C++.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000611 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000612 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000613 } else if (FromType->isFloatingType() && ToType->isFloatingType()) {
614 // Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000615 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000616 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000617 } else if (FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isComplexType()) {
618 // Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6)
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000619 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion;
620 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000621 } else if ((FromType->isFloatingType() &&
622 ToType->isIntegralType() && (!ToType->isBooleanType() &&
623 !ToType->isEnumeralType())) ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000624 ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000625 ToType->isFloatingType())) {
626 // Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9).
627 // FIXME: isIntegralType shouldn't be true for enums in C++.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000628 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000629 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000630 } else if ((FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) ||
631 (ToType->isComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) {
632 // Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7)
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000633 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real;
634 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000635 } else if (IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution,
636 FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000637 // Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000638 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000639 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000640 } else if (IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType,
641 InOverloadResolution, FromType)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000642 // Pointer to member conversions (4.11).
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +0000643 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000644 } else if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
645 (FromType->isArithmeticType() ||
646 FromType->isEnumeralType() ||
647 FromType->isPointerType() ||
648 FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
649 FromType->isMemberPointerType() ||
650 FromType->isNullPtrType())) {
651 // Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000652 SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000653 FromType = Context.BoolTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000654 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000655 Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) {
656 // Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading)
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000657 SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000658 } else {
659 // No second conversion required.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000660 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000661 }
662
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000663 QualType CanonFrom;
664 QualType CanonTo;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000665 // The third conversion can be a qualification conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +0000666 if (IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000667 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000668 FromType = ToType;
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000669 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
670 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000671 } else {
672 // No conversion required
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000673 SCS.Third = ICK_Identity;
674
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000675 // C++ [over.best.ics]p6:
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000676 // [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is
677 // subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute
678 // a conversion. [...]
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000679 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000680 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000681 if (CanonFrom.getUnqualifiedType() == CanonTo.getUnqualifiedType() &&
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000682 CanonFrom.getCVRQualifiers() != CanonTo.getCVRQualifiers()) {
683 FromType = ToType;
684 CanonFrom = CanonTo;
685 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000686 }
687
688 // If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type,
689 // this is a bad conversion sequence.
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000690 if (CanonFrom != CanonTo)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000691 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000692
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000693 SCS.ToTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
694 return true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000695}
696
697/// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the
698/// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to
699/// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and
700/// sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000701bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000702 const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Sebastian Redlee547972008-11-04 15:59:10 +0000703 // All integers are built-in.
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000704 if (!To) {
705 return false;
706 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000707
708 // An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or
709 // unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if
710 // int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise,
711 // the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned
712 // int (C++ 4.5p1).
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000713 if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000714 if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int
715 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() ||
716 // We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is
717 // less than int to an int.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000718 (!FromType->isSignedIntegerType() &&
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000719 Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType)))) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000720 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000721 }
722
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000723 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
724 }
725
726 // An rvalue of type wchar_t (3.9.1) or an enumeration type (7.2)
727 // can be converted to an rvalue of the first of the following types
728 // that can represent all the values of its underlying type: int,
729 // unsigned int, long, or unsigned long (C++ 4.5p2).
730 if ((FromType->isEnumeralType() || FromType->isWideCharType())
731 && ToType->isIntegerType()) {
732 // Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or
733 // unsigned.
734 bool FromIsSigned;
735 uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000736 if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000737 QualType UnderlyingType = FromEnumType->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
738 FromIsSigned = UnderlyingType->isSignedIntegerType();
739 } else {
740 // FIXME: Is wchar_t signed or unsigned? We assume it's signed for now.
741 FromIsSigned = true;
742 }
743
744 // The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate
745 // order. Try each of these types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000746 QualType PromoteTypes[6] = {
747 Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy,
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000748 Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy ,
749 Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000750 };
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000751 for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000752 uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
753 if (FromSize < ToSize ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000754 (FromSize == ToSize &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000755 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) {
756 // We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the
757 // type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no
758 // promotion.
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000759 return Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType()
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000760 == Context.getCanonicalType(PromoteTypes[Idx]).getUnqualifiedType();
761 }
762 }
763 }
764
765 // An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an
766 // rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the
767 // bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if
768 // unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If
769 // the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to
770 // it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any
771 // other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3).
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000772 // FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the
773 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000774 using llvm::APSInt;
775 if (From)
776 if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getBitField()) {
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000777 APSInt BitWidth;
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000778 if (FromType->isIntegralType() && !FromType->isEnumeralType() &&
779 MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidth, Context)) {
780 APSInt ToSize(BitWidth.getBitWidth(), BitWidth.isUnsigned());
781 ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000782
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000783 // Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int?
784 if (BitWidth < ToSize ||
785 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize)) {
786 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
787 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000788
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000789 // Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield
790 // that fits into an unsigned int?
791 if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize) {
792 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
793 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000794
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000795 return false;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000796 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000797 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000798
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000799 // An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int,
800 // with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4).
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000801 if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000802 return true;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000803 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000804
805 return false;
806}
807
808/// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from
809/// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so,
810/// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000811bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000812 /// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type
813 /// double. (C++ 4.6p1).
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000814 if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAs<BuiltinType>())
815 if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000816 if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float &&
817 ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double)
818 return true;
819
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000820 // C99 6.3.1.5p1:
821 // When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a
822 // double is promoted to long double [...].
823 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
824 (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
825 FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) &&
826 (ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble))
827 return true;
828 }
829
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000830 return false;
831}
832
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000833/// \brief Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion.
834///
835/// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion
836/// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a
Douglas Gregor67525022009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000837/// floating-point or integral promotion.
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000838bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000839 const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000840 if (!FromComplex)
841 return false;
842
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000843 const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000844 if (!ToComplex)
845 return false;
846
847 return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(),
Douglas Gregor67525022009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000848 ToComplex->getElementType()) ||
849 IsIntegralPromotion(0, FromComplex->getElementType(),
850 ToComplex->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000851}
852
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000853/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
854/// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the
855/// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType,
856/// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have
857/// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000858static QualType
859BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const PointerType *FromPtr,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000860 QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType,
861 ASTContext &Context) {
862 QualType CanonFromPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType());
863 QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000864 Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromPointee.getQualifiers();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000865
866 // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000867 if (CanonToPointee.getQualifiers() == Quals) {
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000868 // ToType is exactly what we need. Return it.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000869 if (!ToType.isNull())
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000870 return ToType;
871
872 // Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers
873 // already.
874 return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee);
875 }
876
877 // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000878 return Context.getPointerType(
879 Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToPointee.getUnqualifiedType(), Quals));
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000880}
881
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000882static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr,
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000883 bool InOverloadResolution,
884 ASTContext &Context) {
885 // Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly.
886 // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903
887 if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() &&
888 Expr->getType()->isIntegralType())
889 return !InOverloadResolution;
890
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000891 return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
892 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
893 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000894}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000895
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000896/// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
897/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType,
898/// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++
899/// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that
900/// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into
901/// ConvertedType.
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000902///
Douglas Gregora29dc052008-11-27 01:19:21 +0000903/// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers
904/// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and
905/// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the
906/// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to
907/// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however,
908/// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000909/// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be
910/// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that
911/// should result in a warning.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000912bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000913 bool InOverloadResolution,
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000914 QualType& ConvertedType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000915 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000916 IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +0000917 if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC))
918 return true;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000919
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000920 // Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type.
921 if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000922 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor79a6b012008-12-22 20:51:52 +0000923 ConvertedType = ToType;
924 return true;
925 }
926
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000927 // Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*.
928 if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000929 ToType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000930 ConvertedType = ToType;
931 return true;
932 }
933 // Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block
934 // pointer type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000935 if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000936 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000937 ConvertedType = ToType;
938 return true;
939 }
940
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000941 // If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null
942 // pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000943 if (ToType->isNullPtrType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000944 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000945 ConvertedType = ToType;
946 return true;
947 }
948
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000949 const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000950 if (!ToTypePtr)
951 return false;
952
953 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1).
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000954 if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000955 ConvertedType = ToType;
956 return true;
957 }
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000958
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000959 // Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000960 const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000961 if (!FromTypePtr)
962 return false;
963
964 QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType();
965 QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
966
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000967 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type,
968 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++
969 // 4.10p2).
Douglas Gregor64259f52009-03-24 20:32:41 +0000970 if (FromPointeeType->isObjectType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000971 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbb9bf882008-11-27 00:52:49 +0000972 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000973 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000974 return true;
975 }
976
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000977 // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer
978 // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000979 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000980 Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000981 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000982 ToPointeeType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000983 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000984 return true;
985 }
986
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000987 // C++ [conv.ptr]p3:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000988 //
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000989 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type,
990 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where
991 // B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible
992 // (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that
993 // necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the
994 // conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the
995 // derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to
996 // the null pointer value of the destination type.
997 //
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +0000998 // Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility
999 // here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion.
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001000 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1001 FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
Douglas Gregore6fb91f2009-10-29 23:08:22 +00001002 !RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), FromPointeeType, PDiag()) &&
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001003 IsDerivedFrom(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001004 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbb9bf882008-11-27 00:52:49 +00001005 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001006 ToType, Context);
1007 return true;
1008 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001009
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001010 return false;
1011}
1012
1013/// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an
1014/// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion,
1015/// with the same arguments and return values.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001016bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001017 QualType& ConvertedType,
1018 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
1019 if (!getLangOptions().ObjC1)
1020 return false;
1021
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001022 // First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001023 const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr = ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001024 const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001025 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001026
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001027 if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001028 // Objective C++: We're able to convert between "id" or "Class" and a
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001029 // pointer to any interface (in both directions).
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001030 if (ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType() && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001031 ConvertedType = ToType;
1032 return true;
1033 }
1034 // Conversions with Objective-C's id<...>.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001035 if ((FromObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001036 ToObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001037 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType,
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00001038 /*compare=*/false)) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001039 ConvertedType = ToType;
1040 return true;
1041 }
1042 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to an
1043 // interface to a pointer to a different interface.
1044 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) {
1045 ConvertedType = ToType;
1046 return true;
1047 }
1048
1049 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) {
1050 // Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C
1051 // interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to
1052 // complain about it.
1053 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1054 ConvertedType = FromType;
1055 return true;
1056 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001057 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001058 // Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers.
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001059 QualType ToPointeeType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001060 if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001061 ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001062 else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr = ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001063 ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
1064 else
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001065 return false;
1066
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001067 QualType FromPointeeType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001068 if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001069 FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001070 else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001071 FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
1072 else
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001073 return false;
1074
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001075 // If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this
1076 // is an Objective-C conversion.
1077 if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() &&
1078 isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
1079 IncompatibleObjC)) {
1080 // We always complain about this conversion.
1081 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1082 ConvertedType = ToType;
1083 return true;
1084 }
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001085 // If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001086 // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C
1087 // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but
1088 // complain about it).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001089 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001090 = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001091 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001092 = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001093 if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) {
1094 // If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an
1095 // Objective-C pointer conversion.
1096 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType)
1097 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType))
1098 return false;
1099
1100 // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these
1101 // function types are obviously different.
1102 if (FromFunctionType->getNumArgs() != ToFunctionType->getNumArgs() ||
1103 FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() ||
1104 FromFunctionType->getTypeQuals() != ToFunctionType->getTypeQuals())
1105 return false;
1106
1107 bool HasObjCConversion = false;
1108 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getResultType())
1109 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getResultType())) {
1110 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1111 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getResultType(),
1112 ToFunctionType->getResultType(),
1113 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1114 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1115 HasObjCConversion = true;
1116 } else {
1117 // Function types are too different. Abort.
1118 return false;
1119 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001120
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001121 // Check argument types.
1122 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
1123 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
1124 QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1125 QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1126 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType)
1127 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) {
1128 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1129 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType,
1130 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1131 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1132 HasObjCConversion = true;
1133 } else {
1134 // Argument types are too different. Abort.
1135 return false;
1136 }
1137 }
1138
1139 if (HasObjCConversion) {
1140 // We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer
1141 // conversion, but complain about it.
1142 ConvertedType = ToType;
1143 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1144 return true;
1145 }
1146 }
1147
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001148 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001149}
1150
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001151/// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the
1152/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00001153/// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001154/// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned
1155/// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an
1156/// error, or returns false otherwise.
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001157bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1158 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001159 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1160
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001161 if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
1162 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001163 QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(),
1164 ToPointeeType = ToPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor1e57a3f2008-12-18 23:43:31 +00001165
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001166 if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
1167 ToPointeeType->isRecordType()) {
1168 // We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an
1169 // ambiguous or inaccessible conversion.
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001170 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType,
1171 From->getExprLoc(),
1172 From->getSourceRange()))
1173 return true;
1174
1175 // The conversion was successful.
1176 Kind = CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase;
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001177 }
1178 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001179 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001180 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001181 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001182 ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001183 // Objective-C++ conversions are always okay.
1184 // FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the
1185 // Objective-C++ implicit conversions.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001186 if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001187 return false;
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001188
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001189 }
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001190 return false;
1191}
1192
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001193/// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
1194/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be
1195/// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11).
1196/// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from
1197/// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType.
1198bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001199 QualType ToType,
1200 bool InOverloadResolution,
1201 QualType &ConvertedType) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001202 const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001203 if (!ToTypePtr)
1204 return false;
1205
1206 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1)
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001207 if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1208 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
1209 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001210 ConvertedType = ToType;
1211 return true;
1212 }
1213
1214 // Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001215 const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001216 if (!FromTypePtr)
1217 return false;
1218
1219 // A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D,
1220 // where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2).
1221 QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1222 QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1223 // FIXME: What happens when these are dependent? Is this function even called?
1224
1225 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass)) {
1226 ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(),
1227 ToClass.getTypePtr());
1228 return true;
1229 }
1230
1231 return false;
1232}
1233
1234/// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the
1235/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or
1236/// virtual (FIXME: or inaccessible) base-to-derived member pointer conversions
1237/// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns
1238/// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false
1239/// otherwise.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001240bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001241 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001242 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001243 const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001244 if (!FromPtrType) {
1245 // This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001246 assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1247 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) &&
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001248 "Expr must be null pointer constant!");
1249 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001250 return false;
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001251 }
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001252
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001253 const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001254 assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "
1255 "that is not a member pointer.");
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001256
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001257 QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0);
1258 QualType ToClass = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0);
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001259
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001260 // FIXME: What about dependent types?
1261 assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
1262 assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001263
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001264 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/false,
1265 /*DetectVirtual=*/true);
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001266 bool DerivationOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1267 assert(DerivationOkay &&
1268 "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.");
1269 (void)DerivationOkay;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001270
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001271 if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass).
1272 getUnqualifiedType())) {
1273 // Derivation is ambiguous. Redo the check to find the exact paths.
1274 Paths.clear();
1275 Paths.setRecordingPaths(true);
1276 bool StillOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1277 assert(StillOkay && "Derivation changed due to quantum fluctuation.");
1278 (void)StillOkay;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001279
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001280 std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths);
1281 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv)
1282 << 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange();
1283 return true;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001284 }
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001285
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001286 if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001287 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual)
1288 << FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0)
1289 << From->getSourceRange();
1290 return true;
1291 }
1292
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001293 // Must be a base to derived member conversion.
1294 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001295 return false;
1296}
1297
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001298/// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from
1299/// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion
1300/// (C++ 4.4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001301bool
1302Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001303 FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
1304 ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
1305
1306 // If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a
1307 // qualification conversion.
1308 if (FromType == ToType)
1309 return false;
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001310
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001311 // (C++ 4.4p4):
1312 // A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first
1313 // in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...]
1314 bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001315 bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false;
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001316 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001317 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1318 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1319 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregor29a92472008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001320 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001321 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left to
1322 // unwrap.
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001323 UnwrappedAnyPointer = true;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001324
1325 // -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv
1326 // 2,j, and similarly for volatile.
Douglas Gregorea2d4212008-10-22 00:38:21 +00001327 if (!ToType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromType))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001328 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001329
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001330 // -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in
1331 // every cv for 0 < k < j.
1332 if (FromType.getCVRQualifiers() != ToType.getCVRQualifiers()
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001333 && !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst)
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001334 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001335
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001336 // Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type
1337 // include const.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001338 PreviousToQualsIncludeConst
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001339 = PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToType.isConstQualified();
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001340 }
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001341
1342 // We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types
1343 // after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number
1344 // of types. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and
1345 // ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked
1346 // qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion.
1347 return UnwrappedAnyPointer &&
1348 FromType.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
1349}
1350
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00001351/// \brief Given a function template or function, extract the function template
1352/// declaration (if any) and the underlying function declaration.
1353template<typename T>
1354static void GetFunctionAndTemplate(AnyFunctionDecl Orig, T *&Function,
1355 FunctionTemplateDecl *&FunctionTemplate) {
1356 FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Orig);
1357 if (FunctionTemplate)
1358 Function = cast<T>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
1359 else
1360 Function = cast<T>(Orig);
1361}
1362
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001363/// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence
1364/// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type
1365/// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the
1366/// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion
1367/// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns
1368/// false and User is unspecified.
1369///
1370/// \param AllowConversionFunctions true if the conversion should
1371/// consider conversion functions at all. If false, only constructors
1372/// will be considered.
1373///
1374/// \param AllowExplicit true if the conversion should consider C++0x
1375/// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion
1376/// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2).
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00001377///
1378/// \param ForceRValue true if the expression should be treated as an rvalue
1379/// for overload resolution.
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001380/// \param UserCast true if looking for user defined conversion for a static
1381/// cast.
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001382Sema::OverloadingResult Sema::IsUserDefinedConversion(
1383 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00001384 UserDefinedConversionSequence& User,
Fariborz Jahanian19c73282009-09-15 00:10:11 +00001385 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001386 bool AllowConversionFunctions,
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001387 bool AllowExplicit, bool ForceRValue,
1388 bool UserCast) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001389 if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor3ec1bf22009-11-05 13:06:35 +00001390 if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), ToType, PDiag())) {
1391 // We're not going to find any constructors.
1392 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl
1393 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001394 // C++ [over.match.ctor]p1:
1395 // When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or
1396 // copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a
1397 // derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the
1398 // constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate
1399 // functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of
1400 // that class. The argument list is the expression-list within
1401 // the parentheses of the initializer.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001402 DeclarationName ConstructorName
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001403 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
1404 Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType());
1405 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Con, ConEnd;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001406 for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd)
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001407 = ToRecordDecl->lookup(ConstructorName);
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001408 Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001409 // Find the constructor (which may be a template).
1410 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0;
1411 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConstructorTmpl
1412 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con);
1413 if (ConstructorTmpl)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001414 Constructor
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001415 = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
1416 else
1417 Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001418
Fariborz Jahanian11a8e952009-08-06 17:22:51 +00001419 if (!Constructor->isInvalidDecl() &&
Anders Carlssond20e7952009-08-28 16:57:08 +00001420 Constructor->isConvertingConstructor(AllowExplicit)) {
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001421 if (ConstructorTmpl)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001422 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(ConstructorTmpl, false, 0, 0, &From,
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001423 1, CandidateSet,
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001424 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/!UserCast,
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001425 ForceRValue);
1426 else
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001427 // Allow one user-defined conversion when user specifies a
1428 // From->ToType conversion via an static cast (c-style, etc).
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001429 AddOverloadCandidate(Constructor, &From, 1, CandidateSet,
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001430 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/!UserCast,
1431 ForceRValue);
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001432 }
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001433 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001434 }
1435 }
1436
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001437 if (!AllowConversionFunctions) {
1438 // Don't allow any conversion functions to enter the overload set.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001439 } else if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), From->getType(),
1440 PDiag(0)
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001441 << From->getSourceRange())) {
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00001442 // No conversion functions from incomplete types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001443 } else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001444 = From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001445 if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001446 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) {
1447 // Add all of the conversion functions as candidates.
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001448 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianf4061e32009-09-14 20:41:01 +00001449 = FromRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001450 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func
1451 = Conversions->function_begin();
1452 Func != Conversions->function_end(); ++Func) {
1453 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
1454 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
1455 GetFunctionAndTemplate(*Func, Conv, ConvTemplate);
1456 if (ConvTemplate)
1457 Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
1458 else
1459 Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(*Func);
1460
1461 if (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
1462 if (ConvTemplate)
1463 AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, From, ToType,
1464 CandidateSet);
1465 else
1466 AddConversionCandidate(Conv, From, ToType, CandidateSet);
1467 }
1468 }
1469 }
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001470 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001471
1472 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001473 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, From->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001474 case OR_Success:
1475 // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001476 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001477 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1478 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1479 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1480 // constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion
1481 // sequence converts the source type to the type required by
1482 // the argument of the constructor.
1483 //
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001484 QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(Context);
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001485 if (Best->Conversions[0].ConversionKind ==
1486 ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion)
1487 User.EllipsisConversion = true;
1488 else {
1489 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1490 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
1491 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001492 User.ConversionFunction = Constructor;
1493 User.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001494 User.After.FromTypePtr
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001495 = ThisType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001496 User.After.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001497 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001498 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
1499 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1500 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1501 //
1502 // [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1503 // conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard
1504 // conversion sequence converts the source type to the
1505 // implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
1506 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1507 User.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001508 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001509
1510 // C++ [over.ics.user]p2:
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001511 // The second standard conversion sequence converts the
1512 // result of the user-defined conversion to the target type
1513 // for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence
1514 // is an initialization, the special rules for
1515 // initialization by user-defined conversion apply when
1516 // selecting the best user-defined conversion for a
1517 // user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and
1518 // 13.3.3.1).
1519 User.After = Best->FinalConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001520 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001521 } else {
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001522 assert(false && "Not a constructor or conversion function?");
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001523 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001524 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001525
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001526 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001527 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001528 case OR_Deleted:
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001529 // No conversion here! We're done.
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001530 return OR_Deleted;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001531
1532 case OR_Ambiguous:
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001533 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001534 }
1535
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001536 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001537}
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001538
1539bool
1540Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
1541 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
1542 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1543 OverloadingResult OvResult =
1544 IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined,
1545 CandidateSet, true, false, false);
1546 if (OvResult != OR_Ambiguous)
1547 return false;
1548 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1549 diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
1550 << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
1551 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
1552 return true;
1553}
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001554
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001555/// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit
1556/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1557/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001558ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001559Sema::CompareImplicitConversionSequences(const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1,
1560 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2)
1561{
1562 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit
1563 // conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1)
1564 // -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better
1565 // conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or
1566 // an ellipsis conversion sequence, and
1567 // -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better
1568 // conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence
1569 // (13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001570 //
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001571 if (ICS1.ConversionKind < ICS2.ConversionKind)
1572 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1573 else if (ICS2.ConversionKind < ICS1.ConversionKind)
1574 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1575
1576 // Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are
1577 // indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the
1578 // following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
1579 if (ICS1.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion)
1580 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001581 else if (ICS1.ConversionKind ==
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001582 ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion) {
1583 // User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion
1584 // sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if
1585 // they contain the same user-defined conversion function or
1586 // constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of
1587 // U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of
1588 // U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001589 if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction ==
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001590 ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)
1591 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.UserDefined.After,
1592 ICS2.UserDefined.After);
1593 }
1594
1595 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1596}
1597
1598/// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard
1599/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1600/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001601ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001602Sema::CompareStandardConversionSequences(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1603 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2)
1604{
1605 // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence
1606 // than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
1607
1608 // -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion
1609 // sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1,
1610 // excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion
1611 // sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any
1612 // non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that,
1613 if (SCS1.Second == SCS2.Second && SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third)
1614 // Neither is a proper subsequence of the other. Do nothing.
1615 ;
1616 else if ((SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity && SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) ||
1617 (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity && SCS1.Second == SCS2.Second) ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001618 (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001619 SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity))
1620 // SCS1 is a proper subsequence of SCS2.
1621 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1622 else if ((SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity && SCS2.Third == SCS1.Third) ||
1623 (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity && SCS2.Second == SCS1.Second) ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001624 (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001625 SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity))
1626 // SCS2 is a proper subsequence of SCS1.
1627 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1628
1629 // -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules
1630 // defined below), or, if not that,
1631 ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank();
1632 ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank();
1633 if (Rank1 < Rank2)
1634 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1635 else if (Rank2 < Rank1)
1636 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001637
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001638 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank
1639 // are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules
1640 // applies:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001641
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001642 // A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or
1643 // pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion
1644 // that is such a conversion.
1645 if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool())
1646 return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()
1647 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1648 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1649
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001650 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2:
1651 //
1652 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A,
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001653 // conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to
1654 // void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion
1655 // of B* to void*.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001656 bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001657 = SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001658 bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001659 = SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001660 if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1661 // Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to
1662 // a void pointer; it's the worse conversion.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001663 return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1664 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001665 } else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1666 // Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare
1667 // their derived-to-base conversions.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001668 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK
1669 = CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
1670 return DerivedCK;
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001671 } else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1672 // Both conversion sequences are conversions to void
1673 // pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an
1674 // inheritance relationship in their sources.
1675 QualType FromType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.FromTypePtr);
1676 QualType FromType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.FromTypePtr);
1677
1678 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
1679 // conversion, if we need to.
1680 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1681 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
1682 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1683 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
1684
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001685 QualType FromPointee1
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001686 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001687 QualType FromPointee2
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001688 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001689
1690 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1691 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1692 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1693 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001694
1695 // Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the
1696 // other, it is the better one.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001697 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1698 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001699 if (FromIface1 && FromIface1) {
1700 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
1701 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1702 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
1703 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1704 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001705 }
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001706
1707 // Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3,
1708 // bullet 3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001709 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001710 = CompareQualificationConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001711 return QualCK;
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001712
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001713 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) {
Sebastian Redlb28b4072009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001714 // C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1715 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an
1716 // implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared
1717 // without a ref-qualifier, and S1 binds an rvalue reference to an
1718 // rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference.
Sebastian Redl4c0cd852009-03-29 15:27:50 +00001719 // FIXME: We don't know if we're dealing with the implicit object parameter,
1720 // or if the member function in this case has a ref qualifier.
1721 // (Of course, we don't have ref qualifiers yet.)
1722 if (SCS1.RRefBinding != SCS2.RRefBinding)
1723 return SCS1.RRefBinding ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1724 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Sebastian Redlb28b4072009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001725
1726 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1727 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to
1728 // which the references refer are the same type except for
1729 // top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference
1730 // initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type
1731 // to which the reference initialized by S1 refers.
Sebastian Redl4c0cd852009-03-29 15:27:50 +00001732 QualType T1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1733 QualType T2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001734 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1735 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
1736 if (T1.getUnqualifiedType() == T2.getUnqualifiedType()) {
1737 if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1))
1738 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1739 else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2))
1740 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1741 }
1742 }
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001743
1744 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1745}
1746
1747/// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion
1748/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001749/// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3).
1750ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001751Sema::CompareQualificationConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001752 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
Douglas Gregor4b62ec62008-10-22 15:04:37 +00001753 // C++ 13.3.3.2p3:
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001754 // -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and
1755 // yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, and the
1756 // cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset of
1757 // the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the
1758 // deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2).
1759 if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second ||
1760 SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification)
1761 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1762
1763 // FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification
1764 // conversion (!)
1765 QualType T1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1766 QualType T2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
1767 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1768 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
1769
1770 // If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapped
1771 // them.
1772 if (T1.getUnqualifiedType() == T2.getUnqualifiedType())
1773 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1774
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001775 ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001776 = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1777 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(T1, T2)) {
1778 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1779 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1780 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregor29a92472008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001781 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001782 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left
1783 // to unwrap. This essentially mimics what
1784 // IsQualificationConversion does, but here we're checking for a
1785 // strict subset of qualifiers.
1786 if (T1.getCVRQualifiers() == T2.getCVRQualifiers())
1787 // The qualifiers are the same, so this doesn't tell us anything
1788 // about how the sequences rank.
1789 ;
1790 else if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) {
1791 // T1 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
1792 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse)
1793 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
1794 // qualifiers.
1795 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001796
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001797 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1798 } else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) {
1799 // T2 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
1800 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better)
1801 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
1802 // qualifiers.
1803 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001804
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001805 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1806 } else {
1807 // Qualifiers are disjoint.
1808 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1809 }
1810
1811 // If the types after this point are equivalent, we're done.
1812 if (T1.getUnqualifiedType() == T2.getUnqualifiedType())
1813 break;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001814 }
1815
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001816 // Check that the winning standard conversion sequence isn't using
1817 // the deprecated string literal array to pointer conversion.
1818 switch (Result) {
1819 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
1820 if (SCS1.Deprecated)
1821 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1822 break;
1823
1824 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
1825 break;
1826
1827 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
1828 if (SCS2.Deprecated)
1829 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1830 break;
1831 }
1832
1833 return Result;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001834}
1835
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001836/// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion
1837/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001838/// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++
1839/// [over.ics.rank]p4b3). As part of these checks, we also look at
1840/// conversions between Objective-C interface types.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001841ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
1842Sema::CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1843 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
1844 QualType FromType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.FromTypePtr);
1845 QualType ToType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1846 QualType FromType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.FromTypePtr);
1847 QualType ToType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
1848
1849 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
1850 // conversion, if we need to.
1851 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1852 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
1853 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1854 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
1855
1856 // Canonicalize all of the types.
1857 FromType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1);
1858 ToType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1);
1859 FromType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2);
1860 ToType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2);
1861
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001862 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3:
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001863 //
1864 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and
1865 // class C is derived directly or indirectly from B,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001866 //
1867 // For Objective-C, we let A, B, and C also be Objective-C
1868 // interfaces.
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001869
1870 // Compare based on pointer conversions.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001871 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
Douglas Gregora29dc052008-11-27 01:19:21 +00001872 SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
1873 /*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/
1874 FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() &&
1875 ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001876 QualType FromPointee1
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001877 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001878 QualType ToPointee1
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001879 = ToType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001880 QualType FromPointee2
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001881 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001882 QualType ToPointee2
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001883 = ToType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001884
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001885 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1886 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1887 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface1 = ToPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1888 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface2 = ToPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001889
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001890 // -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001891 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
1892 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
1893 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1894 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
1895 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001896
1897 if (ToIface1 && ToIface2) {
1898 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface2, ToIface1))
1899 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1900 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface1, ToIface2))
1901 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1902 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001903 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001904
1905 // -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
1906 if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) {
1907 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1908 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1909 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1910 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001911
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001912 if (FromIface1 && FromIface2) {
1913 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
1914 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1915 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
1916 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1917 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001918 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001919 }
1920
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001921 // Compare based on reference bindings.
1922 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding &&
1923 SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
1924 // -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type
1925 // B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
1926 // reference of type A&,
1927 if (FromType1.getUnqualifiedType() == FromType2.getUnqualifiedType() &&
1928 ToType1.getUnqualifiedType() != ToType2.getUnqualifiedType()) {
1929 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
1930 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1931 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
1932 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1933 }
1934
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00001935 // -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type
1936 // A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
1937 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001938 if (FromType1.getUnqualifiedType() != FromType2.getUnqualifiedType() &&
1939 ToType1.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType2.getUnqualifiedType()) {
1940 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
1941 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1942 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
1943 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1944 }
1945 }
Fariborz Jahanianac741ff2009-10-20 20:07:35 +00001946
1947 // Ranking of member-pointer types.
Fariborz Jahanian9a587b02009-10-20 20:04:46 +00001948 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member &&
1949 FromType1->isMemberPointerType() && FromType2->isMemberPointerType() &&
1950 ToType1->isMemberPointerType() && ToType2->isMemberPointerType()) {
1951 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer1 =
1952 FromType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
1953 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer1 =
1954 ToType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
1955 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer2 =
1956 FromType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
1957 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer2 =
1958 ToType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
1959 const Type *FromPointeeType1 = FromMemPointer1->getClass();
1960 const Type *ToPointeeType1 = ToMemPointer1->getClass();
1961 const Type *FromPointeeType2 = FromMemPointer2->getClass();
1962 const Type *ToPointeeType2 = ToMemPointer2->getClass();
1963 QualType FromPointee1 = QualType(FromPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
1964 QualType ToPointee1 = QualType(ToPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
1965 QualType FromPointee2 = QualType(FromPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
1966 QualType ToPointee2 = QualType(ToPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanianac741ff2009-10-20 20:07:35 +00001967 // conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*,
Fariborz Jahanian9a587b02009-10-20 20:04:46 +00001968 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
1969 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
1970 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1971 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
1972 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1973 }
1974 // conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*
1975 if (ToPointee1 == ToPointee2 && FromPointee1 != FromPointee2) {
1976 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1977 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1978 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1979 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1980 }
1981 }
1982
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00001983 if (SCS1.CopyConstructor && SCS2.CopyConstructor &&
1984 SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
1985 // -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A,
1986 if (FromType1.getUnqualifiedType() == FromType2.getUnqualifiedType() &&
1987 ToType1.getUnqualifiedType() != ToType2.getUnqualifiedType()) {
1988 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
1989 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1990 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
1991 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1992 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001993
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00001994 // -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A.
1995 if (FromType1.getUnqualifiedType() != FromType2.getUnqualifiedType() &&
1996 ToType1.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType2.getUnqualifiedType()) {
1997 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
1998 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1999 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
2000 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2001 }
2002 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002003
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002004 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2005}
2006
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002007/// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type
2008/// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion
2009/// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad
2010/// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002011/// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002012/// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences. If @p ForceRValue,
2013/// then we treat @p From as an rvalue, even if it is an lvalue.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002014ImplicitConversionSequence
2015Sema::TryCopyInitialization(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002016 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue,
2017 bool InOverloadResolution) {
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002018 if (ToType->isReferenceType()) {
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002019 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002020 CheckReferenceInit(From, ToType,
Douglas Gregorc809cc22009-09-23 23:04:10 +00002021 /*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
Anders Carlsson271e3a42009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002022 SuppressUserConversions,
2023 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
2024 ForceRValue,
2025 &ICS);
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002026 return ICS;
2027 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002028 return TryImplicitConversion(From, ToType,
Anders Carlssonef4c7212009-08-27 17:24:15 +00002029 SuppressUserConversions,
2030 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002031 ForceRValue,
2032 InOverloadResolution);
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002033 }
2034}
2035
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002036/// PerformCopyInitialization - Copy-initialize an object of type @p ToType with
2037/// the expression @p From. Returns true (and emits a diagnostic) if there was
2038/// an error, returns false if the initialization succeeded. Elidable should
2039/// be true when the copy may be elided (C++ 12.8p15). Overload resolution works
2040/// differently in C++0x for this case.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002041bool Sema::PerformCopyInitialization(Expr *&From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002042 const char* Flavor, bool Elidable) {
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002043 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2044 // In C, argument passing is the same as performing an assignment.
2045 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002046
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002047 AssignConvertType ConvTy =
2048 CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(ToType, From);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00002049 if (ConvTy != Compatible &&
2050 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, From) == Compatible)
2051 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002052
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002053 return DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, From->getLocStart(), ToType,
2054 FromType, From, Flavor);
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002055 }
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002056
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002057 if (ToType->isReferenceType())
Anders Carlsson271e3a42009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002058 return CheckReferenceInit(From, ToType,
Douglas Gregorc809cc22009-09-23 23:04:10 +00002059 /*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
Anders Carlsson271e3a42009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002060 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
2061 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
2062 /*ForceRValue=*/false);
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002063
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002064 if (!PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, Flavor,
2065 /*AllowExplicit=*/false, Elidable))
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002066 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002067 if (!DiagnoseAmbiguousUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType))
Fariborz Jahanian0b51c722009-09-22 19:53:15 +00002068 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2069 diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible)
2070 << ToType << From->getType() << Flavor << From->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahanian0b51c722009-09-22 19:53:15 +00002071 return true;
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002072}
2073
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002074/// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object
2075/// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the
2076/// expression @p From.
2077ImplicitConversionSequence
2078Sema::TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
2079 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Method->getParent());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002080 QualType ImplicitParamType
2081 = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(ClassType, Method->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002082
2083 // Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us
2084 // to exit early.
2085 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
2086 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
2087 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
2088
2089 // We need to have an object of class type.
2090 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002091 if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002092 FromType = PT->getPointeeType();
2093
2094 assert(FromType->isRecordType());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002095
2096 // The implicit object parmeter is has the type "reference to cv X",
2097 // where X is the class of which the function is a member
2098 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p4). However, when finding an implicit
2099 // conversion sequence for the argument, we are not allowed to
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002100 // create temporaries or perform user-defined conversions
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002101 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of
2102 // reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to
2103 // non-constant references.
2104
2105 // First check the qualifiers. We don't care about lvalue-vs-rvalue
2106 // with the implicit object parameter (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5).
2107 QualType FromTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Douglas Gregor01df9462009-11-05 00:07:36 +00002108 if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers() != FromTypeCanon.getCVRQualifiers() &&
2109 !ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTypeCanon))
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002110 return ICS;
2111
2112 // Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It
2113 // affects the conversion rank.
2114 QualType ClassTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType);
2115 if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getUnqualifiedType())
2116 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Identity;
2117 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType, ClassType))
2118 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
2119 else
2120 return ICS;
2121
2122 // Success. Mark this as a reference binding.
2123 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
2124 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2125 ICS.Standard.ToTypePtr = ImplicitParamType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2126 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2127 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true;
Sebastian Redlf69a94a2009-03-29 22:46:24 +00002128 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002129 return ICS;
2130}
2131
2132/// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of
2133/// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given
2134/// expression.
2135bool
2136Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *&From, CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002137 QualType FromRecordType, DestType;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002138 QualType ImplicitParamRecordType =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002139 Method->getThisType(Context)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002140
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002141 if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002142 FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType();
2143 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
2144 } else {
2145 FromRecordType = From->getType();
2146 DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType;
2147 }
2148
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002149 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002150 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From, Method);
2151 if (ICS.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion)
2152 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002153 diag::err_implicit_object_parameter_init)
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002154 << ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType << From->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002155
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002156 if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base &&
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002157 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
2158 ImplicitParamRecordType,
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002159 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2160 From->getSourceRange()))
2161 return true;
2162
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002163 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
Anders Carlsson4f4aab22009-08-07 18:45:49 +00002164 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002165 return false;
2166}
2167
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002168/// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the
2169/// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2170ImplicitConversionSequence Sema::TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002171 return TryImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy,
Anders Carlssonef4c7212009-08-27 17:24:15 +00002172 // FIXME: Are these flags correct?
2173 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002174 /*AllowExplicit=*/true,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002175 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2176 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002177}
2178
2179/// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion
2180/// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2181bool Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *&From) {
2182 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(From);
2183 if (!PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, "converting"))
2184 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002185
2186 if (!DiagnoseAmbiguousUserDefinedConversion(From, Context.BoolTy))
2187 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2188 diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition)
2189 << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange();
2190 return true;
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002191}
2192
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002193/// AddOverloadCandidate - Adds the given function to the set of
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002194/// candidate functions, using the given function call arguments. If
2195/// @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't allow user-defined
2196/// conversions via constructors or conversion operators.
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002197/// If @p ForceRValue, treat all arguments as rvalues. This is a slightly
2198/// hacky way to implement the overloading rules for elidable copy
2199/// initialization in C++0x (C++0x 12.8p15).
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002200///
2201/// \para PartialOverloading true if we are performing "partial" overloading
2202/// based on an incomplete set of function arguments. This feature is used by
2203/// code completion.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002204void
2205Sema::AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002206 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002207 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002208 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002209 bool ForceRValue,
2210 bool PartialOverloading) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002211 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002212 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002213 assert(Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002214 assert(!isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Function) &&
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002215 "Use AddConversionCandidate for conversion functions");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002216 assert(!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002217 "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002218
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002219 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002220 if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method)) {
2221 // If we get here, it's because we're calling a member function
2222 // that is named without a member access expression (e.g.,
2223 // "this->f") that was either written explicitly or created
2224 // implicitly. This can happen with a qualified call to a member
2225 // function, e.g., X::f(). We use a NULL object as the implied
2226 // object argument (C++ [over.call.func]p3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002227 AddMethodCandidate(Method, 0, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002228 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2229 return;
2230 }
2231 // We treat a constructor like a non-member function, since its object
2232 // argument doesn't participate in overload resolution.
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002233 }
2234
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002235 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Function))
2236 return;
2237
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002238 // Add this candidate
2239 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2240 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2241 Candidate.Function = Function;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002242 Candidate.Viable = true;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002243 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002244 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002245
2246 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2247
2248 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2249 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2250 // list (8.3.5).
Douglas Gregor2a920012009-09-23 14:56:09 +00002251 if ((NumArgs + (PartialOverloading && NumArgs)) > NumArgsInProto &&
2252 !Proto->isVariadic()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002253 Candidate.Viable = false;
2254 return;
2255 }
2256
2257 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2258 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2259 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2260 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2261 // exactly m parameters.
2262 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Function->getMinRequiredArguments();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002263 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002264 // Not enough arguments.
2265 Candidate.Viable = false;
2266 return;
2267 }
2268
2269 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2270 // arguments.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002271 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
2272 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2273 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2274 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2275 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2276 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2277 // parameter of F.
2278 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002279 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
2280 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002281 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
2282 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002283 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002284 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
Fariborz Jahanianc9c39172009-09-28 19:06:58 +00002285 // 13.3.3.1-p10 If several different sequences of conversions exist that
2286 // each convert the argument to the parameter type, the implicit conversion
2287 // sequence associated with the parameter is defined to be the unique conversion
2288 // sequence designated the ambiguous conversion sequence. For the purpose of
2289 // ranking implicit conversion sequences as described in 13.3.3.2, the ambiguous
2290 // conversion sequence is treated as a user-defined sequence that is
2291 // indistinguishable from any other user-defined conversion sequence
Fariborz Jahanian91ae9fd2009-09-29 17:31:54 +00002292 if (!Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet.empty()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc9c39172009-09-28 19:06:58 +00002293 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind =
2294 ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian91ae9fd2009-09-29 17:31:54 +00002295 // Set the conversion function to one of them. As due to ambiguity,
2296 // they carry the same weight and is needed for overload resolution
2297 // later.
2298 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].UserDefined.ConversionFunction =
2299 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet[0];
2300 }
Fariborz Jahanianc9c39172009-09-28 19:06:58 +00002301 else {
2302 Candidate.Viable = false;
2303 break;
2304 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002305 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002306 } else {
2307 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2308 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2309 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002310 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002311 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2312 }
2313 }
2314}
2315
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002316/// \brief Add all of the function declarations in the given function set to
2317/// the overload canddiate set.
2318void Sema::AddFunctionCandidates(const FunctionSet &Functions,
2319 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2320 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2321 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002322 for (FunctionSet::const_iterator F = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002323 FEnd = Functions.end();
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002324 F != FEnd; ++F) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002325 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*F)) {
2326 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic())
2327 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
2328 Args[0], Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
2329 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
2330 else
2331 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2332 SuppressUserConversions);
2333 } else {
2334 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*F);
2335 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2336 !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl())->isStatic())
2337 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunTmpl,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002338 /*FIXME: explicit args */false, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002339 Args[0], Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
2340 CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002341 SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002342 else
2343 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl,
2344 /*FIXME: explicit args */false, 0, 0,
2345 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2346 SuppressUserConversions);
2347 }
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002348 }
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002349}
2350
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002351/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds the given C++ member function to the set
2352/// of candidate functions, using the given function call arguments
2353/// and the object argument (@c Object). For example, in a call
2354/// @c o.f(a1,a2), @c Object will contain @c o and @c Args will contain
2355/// both @c a1 and @c a2. If @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't
2356/// allow user-defined conversions via constructors or conversion
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002357/// operators. If @p ForceRValue, treat all arguments as rvalues. This is
2358/// a slightly hacky way to implement the overloading rules for elidable copy
2359/// initialization in C++0x (C++0x 12.8p15).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002360void
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002361Sema::AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, Expr *Object,
2362 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2363 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002364 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue) {
2365 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002366 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002367 assert(Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002368 assert(!isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Method) &&
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002369 "Use AddConversionCandidate for conversion functions");
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002370 assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&
2371 "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors");
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002372
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002373 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Method))
2374 return;
2375
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002376 // Add this candidate
2377 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2378 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2379 Candidate.Function = Method;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002380 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002381 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002382
2383 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2384
2385 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2386 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2387 // list (8.3.5).
2388 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2389 Candidate.Viable = false;
2390 return;
2391 }
2392
2393 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2394 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2395 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2396 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2397 // exactly m parameters.
2398 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Method->getMinRequiredArguments();
2399 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs) {
2400 // Not enough arguments.
2401 Candidate.Viable = false;
2402 return;
2403 }
2404
2405 Candidate.Viable = true;
2406 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
2407
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002408 if (Method->isStatic() || !Object)
2409 // The implicit object argument is ignored.
2410 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = true;
2411 else {
2412 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the object
2413 // parameter.
2414 Candidate.Conversions[0] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, Method);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002415 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002416 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2417 Candidate.Viable = false;
2418 return;
2419 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002420 }
2421
2422 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2423 // arguments.
2424 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2425 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2426 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2427 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2428 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2429 // parameter of F.
2430 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002431 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
2432 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002433 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002434 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002435 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002436 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2437 Candidate.Viable = false;
2438 break;
2439 }
2440 } else {
2441 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2442 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2443 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002444 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002445 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2446 }
2447 }
2448}
2449
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002450/// \brief Add a C++ member function template as a candidate to the candidate
2451/// set, using template argument deduction to produce an appropriate member
2452/// function template specialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002453void
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002454Sema::AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2455 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002456 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002457 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2458 Expr *Object, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2459 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2460 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2461 bool ForceRValue) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002462 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(MethodTmpl))
2463 return;
2464
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002465 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002466 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002467 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002468 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002469 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
2470 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
2471 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
2472 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
2473 // functions.
2474 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2475 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2476 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
2477 = DeduceTemplateArguments(MethodTmpl, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2478 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2479 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
2480 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2481 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2482 (void)Result;
2483 return;
2484 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002485
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002486 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
2487 // deduction as a candidate.
2488 assert(Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002489 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) &&
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002490 "Specialization is not a member function?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002491 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization), Object, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002492 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2493}
2494
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002495/// \brief Add a C++ function template specialization as a candidate
2496/// in the candidate set, using template argument deduction to produce
2497/// an appropriate function template specialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002498void
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002499Sema::AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002500 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002501 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002502 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002503 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2504 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2505 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2506 bool ForceRValue) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002507 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
2508 return;
2509
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002510 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002511 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002512 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002513 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002514 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
2515 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
2516 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
2517 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
2518 // functions.
2519 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2520 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2521 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002522 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2523 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2524 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002525 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2526 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2527 (void)Result;
2528 return;
2529 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002530
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002531 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
2532 // deduction as a candidate.
2533 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
2534 AddOverloadCandidate(Specialization, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2535 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2536}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002537
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002538/// AddConversionCandidate - Add a C++ conversion function as a
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002539/// candidate in the candidate set (C++ [over.match.conv],
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002540/// C++ [over.match.copy]). From is the expression we're converting from,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002541/// and ToType is the type that we're eventually trying to convert to
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002542/// (which may or may not be the same type as the type that the
2543/// conversion function produces).
2544void
2545Sema::AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2546 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2547 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002548 assert(!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
2549 "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate");
2550
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002551 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
2552 return;
2553
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002554 // Add this candidate
2555 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2556 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2557 Candidate.Function = Conversion;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002558 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002559 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002560 Candidate.FinalConversion.setAsIdentityConversion();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002561 Candidate.FinalConversion.FromTypePtr
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002562 = Conversion->getConversionType().getAsOpaquePtr();
2563 Candidate.FinalConversion.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2564
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002565 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
2566 // object parameter.
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002567 Candidate.Viable = true;
2568 Candidate.Conversions.resize(1);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002569 Candidate.Conversions[0] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From, Conversion);
Fariborz Jahanianf4061e32009-09-14 20:41:01 +00002570 // Conversion functions to a different type in the base class is visible in
2571 // the derived class. So, a derived to base conversion should not participate
2572 // in overload resolution.
2573 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base)
2574 Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second = ICK_Identity;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002575 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002576 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2577 Candidate.Viable = false;
2578 return;
2579 }
Fariborz Jahanian996a6aa2009-10-19 19:18:20 +00002580
2581 // We won't go through a user-define type conversion function to convert a
2582 // derived to base as such conversions are given Conversion Rank. They only
2583 // go through a copy constructor. 13.3.3.1.2-p4 [over.ics.user]
2584 QualType FromCanon
2585 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
2586 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
2587 if (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon)) {
2588 Candidate.Viable = false;
2589 return;
2590 }
2591
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002592
2593 // To determine what the conversion from the result of calling the
2594 // conversion function to the type we're eventually trying to
2595 // convert to (ToType), we need to synthesize a call to the
2596 // conversion function and attempt copy initialization from it. This
2597 // makes sure that we get the right semantics with respect to
2598 // lvalues/rvalues and the type. Fortunately, we can allocate this
2599 // call on the stack and we don't need its arguments to be
2600 // well-formed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002601 DeclRefExpr ConversionRef(Conversion, Conversion->getType(),
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002602 SourceLocation());
2603 ImplicitCastExpr ConversionFn(Context.getPointerType(Conversion->getType()),
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002604 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002605 &ConversionRef, false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002606
2607 // Note that it is safe to allocate CallExpr on the stack here because
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002608 // there are 0 arguments (i.e., nothing is allocated using ASTContext's
2609 // allocator).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002610 CallExpr Call(Context, &ConversionFn, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002611 Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(),
2612 SourceLocation());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002613 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
2614 TryCopyInitialization(&Call, ToType,
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002615 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002616 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2617 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002618
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002619 switch (ICS.ConversionKind) {
2620 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion:
2621 Candidate.FinalConversion = ICS.Standard;
2622 break;
2623
2624 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
2625 Candidate.Viable = false;
2626 break;
2627
2628 default:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002629 assert(false &&
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002630 "Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure");
2631 }
2632}
2633
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002634/// \brief Adds a conversion function template specialization
2635/// candidate to the overload set, using template argument deduction
2636/// to deduce the template arguments of the conversion function
2637/// template from the type that we are converting to (C++
2638/// [temp.deduct.conv]).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002639void
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002640Sema::AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2641 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2642 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
2643 assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2644 "Only conversion function templates permitted here");
2645
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002646 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
2647 return;
2648
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002649 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2650 CXXConversionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2651 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002652 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ToType,
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002653 Specialization, Info)) {
2654 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2655 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2656 (void)Result;
2657 return;
2658 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002659
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002660 // Add the conversion function template specialization produced by
2661 // template argument deduction as a candidate.
2662 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
2663 AddConversionCandidate(Specialization, From, ToType, CandidateSet);
2664}
2665
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002666/// AddSurrogateCandidate - Adds a "surrogate" candidate function that
2667/// converts the given @c Object to a function pointer via the
2668/// conversion function @c Conversion, and then attempts to call it
2669/// with the given arguments (C++ [over.call.object]p2-4). Proto is
2670/// the type of function that we'll eventually be calling.
2671void Sema::AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002672 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002673 Expr *Object, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2674 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002675 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
2676 return;
2677
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002678 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2679 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2680 Candidate.Function = 0;
2681 Candidate.Surrogate = Conversion;
2682 Candidate.Viable = true;
2683 Candidate.IsSurrogate = true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002684 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002685 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
2686
2687 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
2688 // object parameter.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002689 ImplicitConversionSequence ObjectInit
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002690 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, Conversion);
2691 if (ObjectInit.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2692 Candidate.Viable = false;
2693 return;
2694 }
2695
2696 // The first conversion is actually a user-defined conversion whose
2697 // first conversion is ObjectInit's standard conversion (which is
2698 // effectively a reference binding). Record it as such.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002699 Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002700 = ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
2701 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before = ObjectInit.Standard;
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00002702 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002703 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002704 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002705 = Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before;
2706 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
2707
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002708 // Find the
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002709 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2710
2711 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2712 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2713 // list (8.3.5).
2714 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2715 Candidate.Viable = false;
2716 return;
2717 }
2718
2719 // Function types don't have any default arguments, so just check if
2720 // we have enough arguments.
2721 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2722 // Not enough arguments.
2723 Candidate.Viable = false;
2724 return;
2725 }
2726
2727 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2728 // arguments.
2729 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2730 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2731 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2732 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2733 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2734 // parameter of F.
2735 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002736 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
2737 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002738 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002739 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2740 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002741 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002742 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2743 Candidate.Viable = false;
2744 break;
2745 }
2746 } else {
2747 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2748 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2749 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002750 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002751 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2752 }
2753 }
2754}
2755
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002756// FIXME: This will eventually be removed, once we've migrated all of the
2757// operator overloading logic over to the scheme used by binary operators, which
2758// works for template instantiation.
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002759void Sema::AddOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Douglas Gregor94eabf32009-02-04 16:44:47 +00002760 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002761 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor94eabf32009-02-04 16:44:47 +00002762 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2763 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002764 FunctionSet Functions;
2765
2766 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
2767 QualType T2;
2768 if (NumArgs > 1)
2769 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
2770
2771 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002772 if (S)
2773 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(Op, S, T1, T2, Functions);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00002774 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, NumArgs, Functions);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002775 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
2776 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet, OpRange);
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00002777 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002778}
2779
2780/// \brief Add overload candidates for overloaded operators that are
2781/// member functions.
2782///
2783/// Add the overloaded operator candidates that are member functions
2784/// for the operator Op that was used in an operator expression such
2785/// as "x Op y". , Args/NumArgs provides the operator arguments, and
2786/// CandidateSet will store the added overload candidates. (C++
2787/// [over.match.oper]).
2788void Sema::AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2789 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2790 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2791 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2792 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002793 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
2794
2795 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2796 // For a unary operator @ with an operand of a type whose
2797 // cv-unqualified version is T1, and for a binary operator @ with
2798 // a left operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T1 and
2799 // a right operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T2,
2800 // three sets of candidate functions, designated member
2801 // candidates, non-member candidates and built-in candidates, are
2802 // constructed as follows:
2803 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
2804 QualType T2;
2805 if (NumArgs > 1)
2806 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
2807
2808 // -- If T1 is a class type, the set of member candidates is the
2809 // result of the qualified lookup of T1::operator@
2810 // (13.3.1.1.1); otherwise, the set of member candidates is
2811 // empty.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002812 if (const RecordType *T1Rec = T1->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002813 // Complete the type if it can be completed. Otherwise, we're done.
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00002814 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, T1, PDiag()))
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002815 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002816
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002817 LookupResult Operators;
2818 LookupQualifiedName(Operators, T1Rec->getDecl(), OpName,
2819 LookupOrdinaryName, false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002820 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = Operators.begin(),
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002821 OperEnd = Operators.end();
2822 Oper != OperEnd;
Douglas Gregor4aa2dc42009-10-14 16:50:13 +00002823 ++Oper) {
2824 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Oper)) {
2825 AddMethodCandidate(Method, Args[0], Args+1, NumArgs - 1, CandidateSet,
2826 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
2827 continue;
2828 }
2829
2830 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Oper) &&
2831 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Oper)
2832 ->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2833 "Expected a member function template");
2834 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Oper), false, 0, 0,
2835 Args[0], Args+1, NumArgs - 1, CandidateSet,
2836 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
2837 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002838 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002839}
2840
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002841/// AddBuiltinCandidate - Add a candidate for a built-in
2842/// operator. ResultTy and ParamTys are the result and parameter types
2843/// of the built-in candidate, respectively. Args and NumArgs are the
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002844/// arguments being passed to the candidate. IsAssignmentOperator
2845/// should be true when this built-in candidate is an assignment
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002846/// operator. NumContextualBoolArguments is the number of arguments
2847/// (at the beginning of the argument list) that will be contextually
2848/// converted to bool.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002849void Sema::AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002850 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002851 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002852 bool IsAssignmentOperator,
2853 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002854 // Add this candidate
2855 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2856 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2857 Candidate.Function = 0;
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +00002858 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002859 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002860 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ResultTy = ResultTy;
2861 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
2862 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ArgIdx] = ParamTys[ArgIdx];
2863
2864 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2865 // arguments.
2866 Candidate.Viable = true;
2867 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
2868 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002869 // C++ [over.match.oper]p4:
2870 // For the built-in assignment operators, conversions of the
2871 // left operand are restricted as follows:
2872 // -- no temporaries are introduced to hold the left operand, and
2873 // -- no user-defined conversions are applied to the left
2874 // operand to achieve a type match with the left-most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002875 // parameter of a built-in candidate.
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002876 //
2877 // We block these conversions by turning off user-defined
2878 // conversions, since that is the only way that initialization of
2879 // a reference to a non-class type can occur from something that
2880 // is not of the same type.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002881 if (ArgIdx < NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002882 assert(ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy &&
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002883 "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type");
2884 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Args[ArgIdx]);
2885 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002886 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
2887 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamTys[ArgIdx],
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002888 ArgIdx == 0 && IsAssignmentOperator,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002889 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2890 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002891 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002892 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002893 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002894 Candidate.Viable = false;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002895 break;
2896 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002897 }
2898}
2899
2900/// BuiltinCandidateTypeSet - A set of types that will be used for the
2901/// candidate operator functions for built-in operators (C++
2902/// [over.built]). The types are separated into pointer types and
2903/// enumeration types.
2904class BuiltinCandidateTypeSet {
2905 /// TypeSet - A set of types.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00002906 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> TypeSet;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002907
2908 /// PointerTypes - The set of pointer types that will be used in the
2909 /// built-in candidates.
2910 TypeSet PointerTypes;
2911
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002912 /// MemberPointerTypes - The set of member pointer types that will be
2913 /// used in the built-in candidates.
2914 TypeSet MemberPointerTypes;
2915
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002916 /// EnumerationTypes - The set of enumeration types that will be
2917 /// used in the built-in candidates.
2918 TypeSet EnumerationTypes;
2919
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00002920 /// Sema - The semantic analysis instance where we are building the
2921 /// candidate type set.
2922 Sema &SemaRef;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002923
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002924 /// Context - The AST context in which we will build the type sets.
2925 ASTContext &Context;
2926
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00002927 bool AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
2928 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals);
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002929 bool AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002930
2931public:
2932 /// iterator - Iterates through the types that are part of the set.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00002933 typedef TypeSet::iterator iterator;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002934
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002935 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(Sema &SemaRef)
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00002936 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Context(SemaRef.Context) { }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002937
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00002938 void AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
2939 SourceLocation Loc,
2940 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00002941 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
2942 const Qualifiers &VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002943
2944 /// pointer_begin - First pointer type found;
2945 iterator pointer_begin() { return PointerTypes.begin(); }
2946
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002947 /// pointer_end - Past the last pointer type found;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002948 iterator pointer_end() { return PointerTypes.end(); }
2949
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002950 /// member_pointer_begin - First member pointer type found;
2951 iterator member_pointer_begin() { return MemberPointerTypes.begin(); }
2952
2953 /// member_pointer_end - Past the last member pointer type found;
2954 iterator member_pointer_end() { return MemberPointerTypes.end(); }
2955
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002956 /// enumeration_begin - First enumeration type found;
2957 iterator enumeration_begin() { return EnumerationTypes.begin(); }
2958
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002959 /// enumeration_end - Past the last enumeration type found;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002960 iterator enumeration_end() { return EnumerationTypes.end(); }
2961};
2962
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002963/// AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty to
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002964/// the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
2965/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
2966/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
2967/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
2968/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
2969/// false otherwise.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002970///
2971/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002972bool
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00002973BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
2974 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002975
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002976 // Insert this type.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00002977 if (!PointerTypes.insert(Ty))
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002978 return false;
2979
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002980 const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
2981 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a pointer type!");
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002982
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002983 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
2984 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00002985 bool hasVolatile = VisibleQuals.hasVolatile();
2986 bool hasRestrict = VisibleQuals.hasRestrict();
2987
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002988 // Iterate through all strict supersets of BaseCVR.
2989 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
2990 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00002991 // Skip over Volatile/Restrict if no Volatile/Restrict found anywhere
2992 // in the types.
2993 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Volatile) && !hasVolatile) continue;
2994 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Restrict) && !hasRestrict) continue;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002995 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
2996 PointerTypes.insert(Context.getPointerType(QPointeeTy));
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002997 }
2998
2999 return true;
3000}
3001
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003002/// AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty
3003/// to the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
3004/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
3005/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
3006/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
3007/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
3008/// false otherwise.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003009///
3010/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003011bool
3012BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(
3013 QualType Ty) {
3014 // Insert this type.
3015 if (!MemberPointerTypes.insert(Ty))
3016 return false;
3017
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003018 const MemberPointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3019 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!");
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003020
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003021 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
3022 const Type *ClassTy = PointerTy->getClass();
3023
3024 // Iterate through all strict supersets of the pointee type's CVR
3025 // qualifiers.
3026 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
3027 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3028 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
3029
3030 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3031 MemberPointerTypes.insert(Context.getMemberPointerType(QPointeeTy, ClassTy));
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003032 }
3033
3034 return true;
3035}
3036
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003037/// AddTypesConvertedFrom - Add each of the types to which the type @p
3038/// Ty can be implicit converted to the given set of @p Types. We're
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003039/// primarily interested in pointer types and enumeration types. We also
3040/// take member pointer types, for the conditional operator.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003041/// AllowUserConversions is true if we should look at the conversion
3042/// functions of a class type, and AllowExplicitConversions if we
3043/// should also include the explicit conversion functions of a class
3044/// type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003045void
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003046BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003047 SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003048 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003049 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
3050 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003051 // Only deal with canonical types.
3052 Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty);
3053
3054 // Look through reference types; they aren't part of the type of an
3055 // expression for the purposes of conversions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003056 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003057 Ty = RefTy->getPointeeType();
3058
3059 // We don't care about qualifiers on the type.
3060 Ty = Ty.getUnqualifiedType();
3061
Sebastian Redl65ae2002009-11-05 16:36:20 +00003062 // If we're dealing with an array type, decay to the pointer.
3063 if (Ty->isArrayType())
3064 Ty = SemaRef.Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
3065
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003066 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003067 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
3068
3069 // Insert our type, and its more-qualified variants, into the set
3070 // of types.
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003071 if (!AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty, VisibleQuals))
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003072 return;
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003073 } else if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
3074 // Member pointers are far easier, since the pointee can't be converted.
3075 if (!AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty))
3076 return;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003077 } else if (Ty->isEnumeralType()) {
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003078 EnumerationTypes.insert(Ty);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003079 } else if (AllowUserConversions) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003080 if (const RecordType *TyRec = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003081 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(Loc, Ty, 0)) {
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003082 // No conversion functions in incomplete types.
3083 return;
3084 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003085
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003086 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003087 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianae01f782009-10-07 17:26:09 +00003088 = ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003089 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003090 = Conversions->function_begin();
3091 Func != Conversions->function_end(); ++Func) {
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003092 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
3093 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
3094 GetFunctionAndTemplate(*Func, Conv, ConvTemplate);
3095
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003096 // Skip conversion function templates; they don't tell us anything
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003097 // about which builtin types we can convert to.
3098 if (ConvTemplate)
3099 continue;
3100
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003101 if (AllowExplicitConversions || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003102 AddTypesConvertedFrom(Conv->getConversionType(), Loc, false, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003103 VisibleQuals);
3104 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003105 }
3106 }
3107 }
3108}
3109
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003110/// \brief Helper function for AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates() that adds
3111/// the volatile- and non-volatile-qualified assignment operators for the
3112/// given type to the candidate set.
3113static void AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(Sema &S,
3114 QualType T,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003115 Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003116 unsigned NumArgs,
3117 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
3118 QualType ParamTypes[2];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003119
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003120 // T& operator=(T&, T)
3121 ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
3122 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3123 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3124 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003125
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003126 if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).isVolatileQualified()) {
3127 // volatile T& operator=(volatile T&, T)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003128 ParamTypes[0]
3129 = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(T));
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003130 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3131 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003132 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003133 }
3134}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003135
Sebastian Redl1054fae2009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003136/// CollectVRQualifiers - This routine returns Volatile/Restrict qualifiers,
3137/// if any, found in visible type conversion functions found in ArgExpr's type.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003138static Qualifiers CollectVRQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, Expr* ArgExpr) {
3139 Qualifiers VRQuals;
3140 const RecordType *TyRec;
3141 if (const MemberPointerType *RHSMPType =
3142 ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3143 TyRec = cast<RecordType>(RHSMPType->getClass());
3144 else
3145 TyRec = ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
3146 if (!TyRec) {
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003147 // Just to be safe, assume the worst case.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003148 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3149 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3150 return VRQuals;
3151 }
3152
3153 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
3154 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions =
Sebastian Redl1054fae2009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003155 ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003156
3157 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func
3158 = Conversions->function_begin();
3159 Func != Conversions->function_end(); ++Func) {
3160 if (CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(*Func)) {
3161 QualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Conv->getConversionType());
3162 if (const ReferenceType *ResTypeRef = CanTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3163 CanTy = ResTypeRef->getPointeeType();
3164 // Need to go down the pointer/mempointer chain and add qualifiers
3165 // as see them.
3166 bool done = false;
3167 while (!done) {
3168 if (const PointerType *ResTypePtr = CanTy->getAs<PointerType>())
3169 CanTy = ResTypePtr->getPointeeType();
3170 else if (const MemberPointerType *ResTypeMPtr =
3171 CanTy->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3172 CanTy = ResTypeMPtr->getPointeeType();
3173 else
3174 done = true;
3175 if (CanTy.isVolatileQualified())
3176 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3177 if (CanTy.isRestrictQualified())
3178 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3179 if (VRQuals.hasRestrict() && VRQuals.hasVolatile())
3180 return VRQuals;
3181 }
3182 }
3183 }
3184 return VRQuals;
3185}
3186
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003187/// AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates - Add the appropriate built-in
3188/// operator overloads to the candidate set (C++ [over.built]), based
3189/// on the operator @p Op and the arguments given. For example, if the
3190/// operator is a binary '+', this routine might add "int
3191/// operator+(int, int)" to cover integer addition.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003192void
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003193Sema::AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003194 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003195 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3196 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003197 // The set of "promoted arithmetic types", which are the arithmetic
3198 // types are that preserved by promotion (C++ [over.built]p2). Note
3199 // that the first few of these types are the promoted integral
3200 // types; these types need to be first.
3201 // FIXME: What about complex?
3202 const unsigned FirstIntegralType = 0;
3203 const unsigned LastIntegralType = 13;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003204 const unsigned FirstPromotedIntegralType = 7,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003205 LastPromotedIntegralType = 13;
3206 const unsigned FirstPromotedArithmeticType = 7,
3207 LastPromotedArithmeticType = 16;
3208 const unsigned NumArithmeticTypes = 16;
3209 QualType ArithmeticTypes[NumArithmeticTypes] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003210 Context.BoolTy, Context.CharTy, Context.WCharTy,
3211// FIXME: Context.Char16Ty, Context.Char32Ty,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003212 Context.SignedCharTy, Context.ShortTy,
3213 Context.UnsignedCharTy, Context.UnsignedShortTy,
3214 Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy,
3215 Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy,
3216 Context.FloatTy, Context.DoubleTy, Context.LongDoubleTy
3217 };
Douglas Gregorb8440a72009-10-21 22:01:30 +00003218 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedIntegralType] == Context.IntTy &&
3219 "Invalid first promoted integral type");
3220 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedIntegralType - 1]
3221 == Context.UnsignedLongLongTy &&
3222 "Invalid last promoted integral type");
3223 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedArithmeticType] == Context.IntTy &&
3224 "Invalid first promoted arithmetic type");
3225 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedArithmeticType - 1]
3226 == Context.LongDoubleTy &&
3227 "Invalid last promoted arithmetic type");
3228
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003229 // Find all of the types that the arguments can convert to, but only
3230 // if the operator we're looking at has built-in operator candidates
3231 // that make use of these types.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003232 Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals;
3233 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003234 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
3235 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals += CollectVRQualifiers(Context, Args[ArgIdx]);
3236
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003237 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet CandidateTypes(*this);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003238 if (Op == OO_Less || Op == OO_Greater || Op == OO_LessEqual ||
3239 Op == OO_GreaterEqual || Op == OO_EqualEqual || Op == OO_ExclaimEqual ||
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003240 Op == OO_Plus || (Op == OO_Minus && NumArgs == 2) || Op == OO_Equal ||
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003241 Op == OO_PlusEqual || Op == OO_MinusEqual || Op == OO_Subscript ||
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003242 Op == OO_ArrowStar || Op == OO_PlusPlus || Op == OO_MinusMinus ||
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003243 (Op == OO_Star && NumArgs == 1) || Op == OO_Conditional) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003244 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003245 CandidateTypes.AddTypesConvertedFrom(Args[ArgIdx]->getType(),
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003246 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003247 true,
3248 (Op == OO_Exclaim ||
3249 Op == OO_AmpAmp ||
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003250 Op == OO_PipePipe),
3251 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003252 }
3253
3254 bool isComparison = false;
3255 switch (Op) {
3256 case OO_None:
3257 case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS:
3258 assert(false && "Expected an overloaded operator");
3259 break;
3260
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003261 case OO_Star: // '*' is either unary or binary
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003262 if (NumArgs == 1)
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003263 goto UnaryStar;
3264 else
3265 goto BinaryStar;
3266 break;
3267
3268 case OO_Plus: // '+' is either unary or binary
3269 if (NumArgs == 1)
3270 goto UnaryPlus;
3271 else
3272 goto BinaryPlus;
3273 break;
3274
3275 case OO_Minus: // '-' is either unary or binary
3276 if (NumArgs == 1)
3277 goto UnaryMinus;
3278 else
3279 goto BinaryMinus;
3280 break;
3281
3282 case OO_Amp: // '&' is either unary or binary
3283 if (NumArgs == 1)
3284 goto UnaryAmp;
3285 else
3286 goto BinaryAmp;
3287
3288 case OO_PlusPlus:
3289 case OO_MinusMinus:
3290 // C++ [over.built]p3:
3291 //
3292 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type, and VQ
3293 // is either volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator
3294 // functions of the form
3295 //
3296 // VQ T& operator++(VQ T&);
3297 // T operator++(VQ T&, int);
3298 //
3299 // C++ [over.built]p4:
3300 //
3301 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other
3302 // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist
3303 // candidate operator functions of the form
3304 //
3305 // VQ T& operator--(VQ T&);
3306 // T operator--(VQ T&, int);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003307 for (unsigned Arith = (Op == OO_PlusPlus? 0 : 1);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003308 Arith < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Arith) {
3309 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003310 QualType ParamTypes[2]
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003311 = { Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithTy), Context.IntTy };
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003312
3313 // Non-volatile version.
3314 if (NumArgs == 1)
3315 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3316 else
3317 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003318 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
3319 // Add volatile version only if there are conversions to a volatile type.
3320 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3321 // Volatile version
3322 ParamTypes[0]
3323 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(ArithTy));
3324 if (NumArgs == 1)
3325 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3326 else
3327 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3328 }
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003329 }
3330
3331 // C++ [over.built]p5:
3332 //
3333 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
3334 // cv-unqualified object type, and VQ is either volatile or
3335 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3336 //
3337 // T*VQ& operator++(T*VQ&);
3338 // T*VQ& operator--(T*VQ&);
3339 // T* operator++(T*VQ&, int);
3340 // T* operator--(T*VQ&, int);
3341 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3342 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3343 // Skip pointer types that aren't pointers to object types.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003344 if (!(*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isObjectType())
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003345 continue;
3346
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003347 QualType ParamTypes[2] = {
3348 Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr), Context.IntTy
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003349 };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003350
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003351 // Without volatile
3352 if (NumArgs == 1)
3353 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3354 else
3355 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3356
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003357 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
3358 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003359 // With volatile
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003360 ParamTypes[0]
3361 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003362 if (NumArgs == 1)
3363 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3364 else
3365 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3366 }
3367 }
3368 break;
3369
3370 UnaryStar:
3371 // C++ [over.built]p6:
3372 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T, there
3373 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3374 //
3375 // T& operator*(T*);
3376 //
3377 // C++ [over.built]p7:
3378 // For every function type T, there exist candidate operator
3379 // functions of the form
3380 // T& operator*(T*);
3381 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3382 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3383 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003384 QualType PointeeTy = ParamTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003385 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeTy),
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003386 &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3387 }
3388 break;
3389
3390 UnaryPlus:
3391 // C++ [over.built]p8:
3392 // For every type T, there exist candidate operator functions of
3393 // the form
3394 //
3395 // T* operator+(T*);
3396 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3397 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3398 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
3399 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3400 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003401
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003402 // Fall through
3403
3404 UnaryMinus:
3405 // C++ [over.built]p9:
3406 // For every promoted arithmetic type T, there exist candidate
3407 // operator functions of the form
3408 //
3409 // T operator+(T);
3410 // T operator-(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003411 for (unsigned Arith = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003412 Arith < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Arith) {
3413 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
3414 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, &ArithTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3415 }
3416 break;
3417
3418 case OO_Tilde:
3419 // C++ [over.built]p10:
3420 // For every promoted integral type T, there exist candidate
3421 // operator functions of the form
3422 //
3423 // T operator~(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003424 for (unsigned Int = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003425 Int < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Int) {
3426 QualType IntTy = ArithmeticTypes[Int];
3427 AddBuiltinCandidate(IntTy, &IntTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3428 }
3429 break;
3430
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003431 case OO_New:
3432 case OO_Delete:
3433 case OO_Array_New:
3434 case OO_Array_Delete:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003435 case OO_Call:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003436 assert(false && "Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates");
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003437 break;
3438
3439 case OO_Comma:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003440 UnaryAmp:
3441 case OO_Arrow:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003442 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
3443 // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', or the
3444 // operator '->', the built-in candidates set is empty.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003445 break;
3446
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003447 case OO_EqualEqual:
3448 case OO_ExclaimEqual:
3449 // C++ [over.match.oper]p16:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003450 // For every pointer to member type T, there exist candidate operator
3451 // functions of the form
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003452 //
3453 // bool operator==(T,T);
3454 // bool operator!=(T,T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003455 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003456 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3457 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3458 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd;
3459 ++MemPtr) {
3460 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *MemPtr, *MemPtr };
3461 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3462 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003463
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003464 // Fall through
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003465
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003466 case OO_Less:
3467 case OO_Greater:
3468 case OO_LessEqual:
3469 case OO_GreaterEqual:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003470 // C++ [over.built]p15:
3471 //
3472 // For every pointer or enumeration type T, there exist
3473 // candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003474 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003475 // bool operator<(T, T);
3476 // bool operator>(T, T);
3477 // bool operator<=(T, T);
3478 // bool operator>=(T, T);
3479 // bool operator==(T, T);
3480 // bool operator!=(T, T);
3481 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3482 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3483 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
3484 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3485 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003486 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Enum
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003487 = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin();
3488 Enum != CandidateTypes.enumeration_end(); ++Enum) {
3489 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Enum, *Enum };
3490 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3491 }
3492
3493 // Fall through.
3494 isComparison = true;
3495
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003496 BinaryPlus:
3497 BinaryMinus:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003498 if (!isComparison) {
3499 // We didn't fall through, so we must have OO_Plus or OO_Minus.
3500
3501 // C++ [over.built]p13:
3502 //
3503 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T
3504 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003505 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003506 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t);
3507 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); [BELOW]
3508 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t);
3509 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
3510 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); [BELOW]
3511 //
3512 // C++ [over.built]p14:
3513 //
3514 // For every T, where T is a pointer to object type, there
3515 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3516 //
3517 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003518 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003519 = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3520 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3521 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
3522
3523 // operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t) or operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t)
3524 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3525
3526 if (Op == OO_Plus) {
3527 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
3528 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
3529 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3530 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3531 } else {
3532 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
3533 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3534 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getPointerDiffType(), ParamTypes,
3535 Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3536 }
3537 }
3538 }
3539 // Fall through
3540
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003541 case OO_Slash:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003542 BinaryStar:
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003543 Conditional:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003544 // C++ [over.built]p12:
3545 //
3546 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there
3547 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3548 //
3549 // LR operator*(L, R);
3550 // LR operator/(L, R);
3551 // LR operator+(L, R);
3552 // LR operator-(L, R);
3553 // bool operator<(L, R);
3554 // bool operator>(L, R);
3555 // bool operator<=(L, R);
3556 // bool operator>=(L, R);
3557 // bool operator==(L, R);
3558 // bool operator!=(L, R);
3559 //
3560 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3561 // between types L and R.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003562 //
3563 // C++ [over.built]p24:
3564 //
3565 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there exist
3566 // candidate operator functions of the form
3567 //
3568 // LR operator?(bool, L, R);
3569 //
3570 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3571 // between types L and R.
3572 // Our candidates ignore the first parameter.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003573 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003574 Left < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003575 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003576 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
3577 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003578 QualType Result
3579 = isComparison
3580 ? Context.BoolTy
3581 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003582 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3583 }
3584 }
3585 break;
3586
3587 case OO_Percent:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003588 BinaryAmp:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003589 case OO_Caret:
3590 case OO_Pipe:
3591 case OO_LessLess:
3592 case OO_GreaterGreater:
3593 // C++ [over.built]p17:
3594 //
3595 // For every pair of promoted integral types L and R, there
3596 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3597 //
3598 // LR operator%(L, R);
3599 // LR operator&(L, R);
3600 // LR operator^(L, R);
3601 // LR operator|(L, R);
3602 // L operator<<(L, R);
3603 // L operator>>(L, R);
3604 //
3605 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3606 // between types L and R.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003607 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003608 Left < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003609 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003610 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
3611 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
3612 QualType Result = (Op == OO_LessLess || Op == OO_GreaterGreater)
3613 ? LandR[0]
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003614 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003615 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3616 }
3617 }
3618 break;
3619
3620 case OO_Equal:
3621 // C++ [over.built]p20:
3622 //
3623 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an enumeration or
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003624 // pointer to member type and VQ is either volatile or
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003625 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3626 //
3627 // VQ T& operator=(VQ T&, T);
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003628 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3629 Enum = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin(),
3630 EnumEnd = CandidateTypes.enumeration_end();
3631 Enum != EnumEnd; ++Enum)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003632 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *Enum, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003633 CandidateSet);
3634 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3635 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3636 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3637 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003638 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *MemPtr, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003639 CandidateSet);
3640 // Fall through.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003641
3642 case OO_PlusEqual:
3643 case OO_MinusEqual:
3644 // C++ [over.built]p19:
3645 //
3646 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is any type and VQ is either
3647 // volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator functions
3648 // of the form
3649 //
3650 // T*VQ& operator=(T*VQ&, T*);
3651 //
3652 // C++ [over.built]p21:
3653 //
3654 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
3655 // cv-unqualified object type and VQ is either volatile or
3656 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3657 //
3658 // T*VQ& operator+=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
3659 // T*VQ& operator-=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
3660 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3661 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3662 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3663 ParamTypes[1] = (Op == OO_Equal)? *Ptr : Context.getPointerDiffType();
3664
3665 // non-volatile version
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003666 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr);
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003667 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3668 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003669
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003670 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
3671 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003672 // volatile version
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003673 ParamTypes[0]
3674 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003675 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3676 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003677 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003678 }
3679 // Fall through.
3680
3681 case OO_StarEqual:
3682 case OO_SlashEqual:
3683 // C++ [over.built]p18:
3684 //
3685 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an arithmetic type,
3686 // VQ is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted
3687 // arithmetic type, there exist candidate operator functions of
3688 // the form
3689 //
3690 // VQ L& operator=(VQ L&, R);
3691 // VQ L& operator*=(VQ L&, R);
3692 // VQ L& operator/=(VQ L&, R);
3693 // VQ L& operator+=(VQ L&, R);
3694 // VQ L& operator-=(VQ L&, R);
3695 for (unsigned Left = 0; Left < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003696 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003697 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
3698 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3699 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
3700
3701 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003702 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003703 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3704 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003705
3706 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003707 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3708 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
3709 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
3710 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3711 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
3712 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003713 }
3714 }
3715 break;
3716
3717 case OO_PercentEqual:
3718 case OO_LessLessEqual:
3719 case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual:
3720 case OO_AmpEqual:
3721 case OO_CaretEqual:
3722 case OO_PipeEqual:
3723 // C++ [over.built]p22:
3724 //
3725 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an integral type, VQ
3726 // is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted integral
3727 // type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3728 //
3729 // VQ L& operator%=(VQ L&, R);
3730 // VQ L& operator<<=(VQ L&, R);
3731 // VQ L& operator>>=(VQ L&, R);
3732 // VQ L& operator&=(VQ L&, R);
3733 // VQ L& operator^=(VQ L&, R);
3734 // VQ L& operator|=(VQ L&, R);
3735 for (unsigned Left = FirstIntegralType; Left < LastIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003736 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003737 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
3738 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3739 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
3740
3741 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003742 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003743 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahaniana4a93342009-10-20 00:04:40 +00003744 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3745 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
3746 ParamTypes[0] = ArithmeticTypes[Left];
3747 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ParamTypes[0]);
3748 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
3749 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3750 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003751 }
3752 }
3753 break;
3754
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003755 case OO_Exclaim: {
3756 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
3757 //
3758 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
3759 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003760 // bool operator!(bool);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003761 // bool operator&&(bool, bool); [BELOW]
3762 // bool operator||(bool, bool); [BELOW]
3763 QualType ParamTy = Context.BoolTy;
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003764 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet,
3765 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
3766 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/1);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003767 break;
3768 }
3769
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003770 case OO_AmpAmp:
3771 case OO_PipePipe: {
3772 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
3773 //
3774 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
3775 //
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003776 // bool operator!(bool); [ABOVE]
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003777 // bool operator&&(bool, bool);
3778 // bool operator||(bool, bool);
3779 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { Context.BoolTy, Context.BoolTy };
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003780 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3781 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
3782 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/2);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003783 break;
3784 }
3785
3786 case OO_Subscript:
3787 // C++ [over.built]p13:
3788 //
3789 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T there
3790 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003791 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003792 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
3793 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t);
3794 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
3795 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); [ABOVE]
3796 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
3797 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3798 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3799 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003800 QualType PointeeType = (*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003801 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeType);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003802
3803 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t)
3804 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3805
3806 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
3807 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
3808 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3809 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3810 }
3811 break;
3812
3813 case OO_ArrowStar:
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003814 // C++ [over.built]p11:
3815 // For every quintuple (C1, C2, T, CV1, CV2), where C2 is a class type,
3816 // C1 is the same type as C2 or is a derived class of C2, T is an object
3817 // type or a function type, and CV1 and CV2 are cv-qualifier-seqs,
3818 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3819 // CV12 T& operator->*(CV1 C1*, CV2 T C2::*);
3820 // where CV12 is the union of CV1 and CV2.
3821 {
3822 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
3823 CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3824 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3825 QualType C1Ty = (*Ptr);
3826 QualType C1;
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00003827 QualifierCollector Q1;
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003828 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = C1Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00003829 C1 = QualType(Q1.strip(PointerTy->getPointeeType()), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003830 if (!isa<RecordType>(C1))
3831 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003832 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
3833 // Add volatile/restrict version only if there are conversions to a
3834 // volatile/restrict type.
3835 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && Q1.hasVolatile())
3836 continue;
3837 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && Q1.hasRestrict())
3838 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003839 }
3840 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3841 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3842 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3843 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr) {
3844 const MemberPointerType *mptr = cast<MemberPointerType>(*MemPtr);
3845 QualType C2 = QualType(mptr->getClass(), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian12df37c2009-10-07 16:56:50 +00003846 C2 = C2.getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003847 if (C1 != C2 && !IsDerivedFrom(C1, C2))
3848 break;
3849 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *MemPtr };
3850 // build CV12 T&
3851 QualType T = mptr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003852 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() &&
3853 T.isVolatileQualified())
3854 continue;
3855 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() &&
3856 T.isRestrictQualified())
3857 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00003858 T = Q1.apply(T);
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003859 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
3860 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3861 }
3862 }
3863 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003864 break;
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003865
3866 case OO_Conditional:
3867 // Note that we don't consider the first argument, since it has been
3868 // contextually converted to bool long ago. The candidates below are
3869 // therefore added as binary.
3870 //
3871 // C++ [over.built]p24:
3872 // For every type T, where T is a pointer or pointer-to-member type,
3873 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3874 //
3875 // T operator?(bool, T, T);
3876 //
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003877 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin(),
3878 E = CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
3879 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
3880 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3881 }
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003882 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
3883 CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3884 E = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
3885 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
3886 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3887 }
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003888 goto Conditional;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003889 }
3890}
3891
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003892/// \brief Add function candidates found via argument-dependent lookup
3893/// to the set of overloading candidates.
3894///
3895/// This routine performs argument-dependent name lookup based on the
3896/// given function name (which may also be an operator name) and adds
3897/// all of the overload candidates found by ADL to the overload
3898/// candidate set (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003899void
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003900Sema::AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
3901 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003902 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003903 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003904 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
3905 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
3906 bool PartialOverloading) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003907 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003908
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003909 // FIXME: Should we be trafficking in canonical function decls throughout?
3910
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003911 // Record all of the function candidates that we've already
3912 // added to the overload set, so that we don't add those same
3913 // candidates a second time.
3914 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
3915 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
3916 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003917 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003918 Functions.insert(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003919 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
3920 Functions.insert(FunTmpl);
3921 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003922
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003923 // FIXME: Pass in the explicit template arguments?
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00003924 ArgumentDependentLookup(Name, /*Operator*/false, Args, NumArgs, Functions);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003925
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003926 // Erase all of the candidates we already knew about.
3927 // FIXME: This is suboptimal. Is there a better way?
3928 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
3929 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
3930 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003931 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003932 Functions.erase(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003933 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
3934 Functions.erase(FunTmpl);
3935 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003936
3937 // For each of the ADL candidates we found, add it to the overload
3938 // set.
3939 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
3940 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003941 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003942 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) {
3943 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
3944 continue;
3945
3946 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
3947 false, false, PartialOverloading);
3948 } else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003949 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func),
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003950 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
3951 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
3952 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003953 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003954 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003955}
3956
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003957/// isBetterOverloadCandidate - Determines whether the first overload
3958/// candidate is a better candidate than the second (C++ 13.3.3p1).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003959bool
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003960Sema::isBetterOverloadCandidate(const OverloadCandidate& Cand1,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003961 const OverloadCandidate& Cand2) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003962 // Define viable functions to be better candidates than non-viable
3963 // functions.
3964 if (!Cand2.Viable)
3965 return Cand1.Viable;
3966 else if (!Cand1.Viable)
3967 return false;
3968
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003969 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
3970 //
3971 // -- if F is a static member function, ICS1(F) is defined such
3972 // that ICS1(F) is neither better nor worse than ICS1(G) for
3973 // any function G, and, symmetrically, ICS1(G) is neither
3974 // better nor worse than ICS1(F).
3975 unsigned StartArg = 0;
3976 if (Cand1.IgnoreObjectArgument || Cand2.IgnoreObjectArgument)
3977 StartArg = 1;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003978
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00003979 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003980 // A viable function F1 is defined to be a better function than another
3981 // viable function F2 if for all arguments i, ICSi(F1) is not a worse
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00003982 // conversion sequence than ICSi(F2), and then...
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003983 unsigned NumArgs = Cand1.Conversions.size();
3984 assert(Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch");
3985 bool HasBetterConversion = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003986 for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003987 switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx],
3988 Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx])) {
3989 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
3990 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
3991 HasBetterConversion = true;
3992 break;
3993
3994 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
3995 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
3996 return false;
3997
3998 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
3999 // Do nothing.
4000 break;
4001 }
4002 }
4003
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004004 // -- for some argument j, ICSj(F1) is a better conversion sequence than
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004005 // ICSj(F2), or, if not that,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004006 if (HasBetterConversion)
4007 return true;
4008
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004009 // - F1 is a non-template function and F2 is a function template
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004010 // specialization, or, if not that,
4011 if (Cand1.Function && !Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4012 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
4013 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004014
4015 // -- F1 and F2 are function template specializations, and the function
4016 // template for F1 is more specialized than the template for F2
4017 // according to the partial ordering rules described in 14.5.5.2, or,
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004018 // if not that,
Douglas Gregor55137cb2009-08-02 23:46:29 +00004019 if (Cand1.Function && Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4020 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004021 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *BetterTemplate
4022 = getMoreSpecializedTemplate(Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
4023 Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
Douglas Gregor6010da02009-09-14 23:02:14 +00004024 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function)? TPOC_Conversion
4025 : TPOC_Call))
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004026 return BetterTemplate == Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004027
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004028 // -- the context is an initialization by user-defined conversion
4029 // (see 8.5, 13.3.1.5) and the standard conversion sequence
4030 // from the return type of F1 to the destination type (i.e.,
4031 // the type of the entity being initialized) is a better
4032 // conversion sequence than the standard conversion sequence
4033 // from the return type of F2 to the destination type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004034 if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function &&
4035 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) &&
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004036 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand2.Function)) {
4037 switch (CompareStandardConversionSequences(Cand1.FinalConversion,
4038 Cand2.FinalConversion)) {
4039 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4040 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
4041 return true;
4042
4043 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4044 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4045 return false;
4046
4047 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4048 // Do nothing
4049 break;
4050 }
4051 }
4052
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004053 return false;
4054}
4055
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004056/// \brief Computes the best viable function (C++ 13.3.3)
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004057/// within an overload candidate set.
4058///
4059/// \param CandidateSet the set of candidate functions.
4060///
4061/// \param Loc the location of the function name (or operator symbol) for
4062/// which overload resolution occurs.
4063///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004064/// \param Best f overload resolution was successful or found a deleted
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004065/// function, Best points to the candidate function found.
4066///
4067/// \returns The result of overload resolution.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004068Sema::OverloadingResult
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004069Sema::BestViableFunction(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004070 SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004071 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator& Best) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004072 // Find the best viable function.
4073 Best = CandidateSet.end();
4074 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4075 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
4076 if (Cand->Viable) {
4077 if (Best == CandidateSet.end() || isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Cand, *Best))
4078 Best = Cand;
4079 }
4080 }
4081
4082 // If we didn't find any viable functions, abort.
4083 if (Best == CandidateSet.end())
4084 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
4085
4086 // Make sure that this function is better than every other viable
4087 // function. If not, we have an ambiguity.
4088 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4089 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004090 if (Cand->Viable &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004091 Cand != Best &&
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004092 !isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Best, *Cand)) {
4093 Best = CandidateSet.end();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004094 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004095 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004096 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004097
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004098 // Best is the best viable function.
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004099 if (Best->Function &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004100 (Best->Function->isDeleted() ||
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004101 Best->Function->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004102 return OR_Deleted;
4103
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004104 // C++ [basic.def.odr]p2:
4105 // An overloaded function is used if it is selected by overload resolution
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004106 // when referred to from a potentially-evaluated expression. [Note: this
4107 // covers calls to named functions (5.2.2), operator overloading
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004108 // (clause 13), user-defined conversions (12.3.2), allocation function for
4109 // placement new (5.3.4), as well as non-default initialization (8.5).
4110 if (Best->Function)
4111 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, Best->Function);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004112 return OR_Success;
4113}
4114
4115/// PrintOverloadCandidates - When overload resolution fails, prints
4116/// diagnostic messages containing the candidates in the candidate
4117/// set. If OnlyViable is true, only viable candidates will be printed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004118void
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004119Sema::PrintOverloadCandidates(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Fariborz Jahanian29f9d392009-10-09 00:13:15 +00004120 bool OnlyViable,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004121 const char *Opc,
Fariborz Jahanian29f9d392009-10-09 00:13:15 +00004122 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004123 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
4124 LastCand = CandidateSet.end();
Fariborz Jahanian574de2c2009-10-12 17:51:19 +00004125 bool Reported = false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004126 for (; Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004127 if (Cand->Viable || !OnlyViable) {
4128 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004129 if (Cand->Function->isDeleted() ||
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004130 Cand->Function->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004131 // Deleted or "unavailable" function.
4132 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate_deleted)
4133 << Cand->Function->isDeleted();
Douglas Gregor4fb9cde8e2009-09-15 20:11:42 +00004134 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
4135 = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
4136 // Function template specialization
4137 // FIXME: Give a better reason!
4138 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_template_candidate)
4139 << getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters(),
4140 *Cand->Function->getTemplateSpecializationArgs());
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004141 } else {
4142 // Normal function
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +00004143 bool errReported = false;
4144 if (!Cand->Viable && Cand->Conversions.size() > 0) {
4145 for (int i = Cand->Conversions.size()-1; i >= 0; i--) {
4146 const ImplicitConversionSequence &Conversion =
4147 Cand->Conversions[i];
4148 if ((Conversion.ConversionKind !=
4149 ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) ||
4150 Conversion.ConversionFunctionSet.size() == 0)
4151 continue;
4152 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(),
4153 diag::err_ovl_candidate_not_viable) << (i+1);
4154 errReported = true;
4155 for (int j = Conversion.ConversionFunctionSet.size()-1;
4156 j >= 0; j--) {
4157 FunctionDecl *Func = Conversion.ConversionFunctionSet[j];
4158 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate);
4159 }
4160 }
4161 }
4162 if (!errReported)
4163 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004164 }
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004165 } else if (Cand->IsSurrogate) {
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004166 // Desugar the type of the surrogate down to a function type,
4167 // retaining as many typedefs as possible while still showing
4168 // the function type (and, therefore, its parameter types).
4169 QualType FnType = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType();
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004170 bool isLValueReference = false;
4171 bool isRValueReference = false;
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004172 bool isPointer = false;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004173 if (const LValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004174 FnType->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004175 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004176 isLValueReference = true;
4177 } else if (const RValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004178 FnType->getAs<RValueReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004179 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
4180 isRValueReference = true;
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004181 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004182 if (const PointerType *FnTypePtr = FnType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004183 FnType = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType();
4184 isPointer = true;
4185 }
4186 // Desugar down to a function type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004187 FnType = QualType(FnType->getAs<FunctionType>(), 0);
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004188 // Reconstruct the pointer/reference as appropriate.
4189 if (isPointer) FnType = Context.getPointerType(FnType);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004190 if (isRValueReference) FnType = Context.getRValueReferenceType(FnType);
4191 if (isLValueReference) FnType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(FnType);
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004192
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004193 Diag(Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_surrogate_cand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004194 << FnType;
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004195 } else if (OnlyViable) {
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004196 assert(Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 &&
Fariborz Jahanian0fe5e032009-10-09 17:09:58 +00004197 "builtin-binary-operator-not-binary");
Fariborz Jahanian956127d2009-10-16 23:25:02 +00004198 std::string TypeStr("operator");
4199 TypeStr += Opc;
4200 TypeStr += "(";
4201 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0].getAsString();
4202 if (Cand->Conversions.size() == 1) {
4203 TypeStr += ")";
4204 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_builtin_unary_candidate) << TypeStr;
4205 }
4206 else {
4207 TypeStr += ", ";
4208 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1].getAsString();
4209 TypeStr += ")";
4210 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_builtin_binary_candidate) << TypeStr;
4211 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004212 }
Fariborz Jahanian574de2c2009-10-12 17:51:19 +00004213 else if (!Cand->Viable && !Reported) {
4214 // Non-viability might be due to ambiguous user-defined conversions,
4215 // needed for built-in operators. Report them as well, but only once
4216 // as we have typically many built-in candidates.
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004217 unsigned NoOperands = Cand->Conversions.size();
4218 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NoOperands; ++ArgIdx) {
Fariborz Jahanian574de2c2009-10-12 17:51:19 +00004219 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS = Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx];
4220 if (ICS.ConversionKind != ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion ||
4221 ICS.ConversionFunctionSet.empty())
4222 continue;
4223 if (CXXConversionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(
4224 Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet[0])) {
4225 QualType FromTy =
4226 QualType(
4227 static_cast<Type*>(ICS.UserDefined.Before.FromTypePtr),0);
4228 Diag(OpLoc,diag::note_ambiguous_type_conversion)
4229 << FromTy << Func->getConversionType();
4230 }
4231 for (unsigned j = 0; j < ICS.ConversionFunctionSet.size(); j++) {
4232 FunctionDecl *Func =
4233 Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet[j];
4234 Diag(Func->getLocation(),diag::err_ovl_candidate);
4235 }
4236 }
4237 Reported = true;
4238 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004239 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004240 }
4241}
4242
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004243/// ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction - Try to resolve the address of
4244/// an overloaded function (C++ [over.over]), where @p From is an
4245/// expression with overloaded function type and @p ToType is the type
4246/// we're trying to resolve to. For example:
4247///
4248/// @code
4249/// int f(double);
4250/// int f(int);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004251///
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004252/// int (*pfd)(double) = f; // selects f(double)
4253/// @endcode
4254///
4255/// This routine returns the resulting FunctionDecl if it could be
4256/// resolved, and NULL otherwise. When @p Complain is true, this
4257/// routine will emit diagnostics if there is an error.
4258FunctionDecl *
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004259Sema::ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004260 bool Complain) {
4261 QualType FunctionType = ToType;
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004262 bool IsMember = false;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004263 if (const PointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004264 FunctionType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004265 else if (const ReferenceType *ToTypeRef = ToType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Daniel Dunbarb566c6c2009-02-26 19:13:44 +00004266 FunctionType = ToTypeRef->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004267 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemTypePtr =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004268 ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004269 FunctionType = MemTypePtr->getPointeeType();
4270 IsMember = true;
4271 }
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004272
4273 // We only look at pointers or references to functions.
Douglas Gregor6b6ba8b2009-07-09 17:16:51 +00004274 FunctionType = Context.getCanonicalType(FunctionType).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004275 if (!FunctionType->isFunctionType())
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004276 return 0;
4277
4278 // Find the actual overloaded function declaration.
4279 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004280
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004281 // C++ [over.over]p1:
4282 // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
4283 // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
4284 Expr *OvlExpr = From->IgnoreParens();
4285
4286 // C++ [over.over]p1:
4287 // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
4288 // operator.
4289 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(OvlExpr)) {
4290 if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf)
4291 OvlExpr = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
4292 }
4293
Anders Carlssonb68b0282009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004294 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00004295 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Anders Carlssonb68b0282009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004296 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
4297
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004298 // Try to dig out the overloaded function.
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004299 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
4300 if (DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004301 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DR->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004302 FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(DR->getDecl());
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00004303 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = DR->hasExplicitTemplateArgumentList();
4304 ExplicitTemplateArgs = DR->getTemplateArgs();
4305 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = DR->getNumTemplateArgs();
Anders Carlsson6c966c42009-10-07 22:26:29 +00004306 } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
4307 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
4308 FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00004309 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgumentList();
4310 ExplicitTemplateArgs = ME->getTemplateArgs();
4311 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = ME->getNumTemplateArgs();
Anders Carlssonb68b0282009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004312 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TIRE = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
4313 TemplateName Name = TIRE->getTemplateName();
4314 Ovl = Name.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
4315 FunctionTemplate =
4316 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Name.getAsTemplateDecl());
4317
4318 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
4319 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TIRE->getTemplateArgs();
4320 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TIRE->getNumTemplateArgs();
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004321 }
Anders Carlssonb68b0282009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004322
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004323 // If there's no overloaded function declaration or function template,
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004324 // we're done.
4325 if (!Ovl && !FunctionTemplate)
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004326 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004327
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004328 OverloadIterator Fun;
4329 if (Ovl)
4330 Fun = Ovl;
4331 else
4332 Fun = FunctionTemplate;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004333
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004334 // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
4335 // whose type matches exactly.
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004336 llvm::SmallPtrSet<FunctionDecl *, 4> Matches;
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004337 bool FoundNonTemplateFunction = false;
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004338 for (OverloadIterator FunEnd; Fun != FunEnd; ++Fun) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004339 // C++ [over.over]p3:
4340 // Non-member functions and static member functions match
Sebastian Redl16d307d2009-02-05 12:33:33 +00004341 // targets of type "pointer-to-function" or "reference-to-function."
4342 // Nonstatic member functions match targets of
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004343 // type "pointer-to-member-function."
4344 // Note that according to DR 247, the containing class does not matter.
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004345
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004346 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004347 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Fun)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004348 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004349 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004350 // Skip non-static function templates when converting to pointer, and
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004351 // static when converting to member pointer.
4352 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
4353 continue;
4354 } else if (IsMember)
4355 continue;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004356
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004357 // C++ [over.over]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004358 // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
4359 // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
4360 // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
4361 // function template specialization, which is added to the set of
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004362 // overloaded functions considered.
Douglas Gregor3a923c2d2009-09-24 23:14:47 +00004363 // FIXME: We don't really want to build the specialization here, do we?
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004364 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
4365 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
4366 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Anders Carlssonb68b0282009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004367 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4368 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4369 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004370 FunctionType, Specialization, Info)) {
4371 // FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
4372 (void)Result;
4373 } else {
Douglas Gregor3a923c2d2009-09-24 23:14:47 +00004374 // FIXME: If the match isn't exact, shouldn't we just drop this as
4375 // a candidate? Find a testcase before changing the code.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004376 assert(FunctionType
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004377 == Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()));
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004378 Matches.insert(
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6b7e3762009-07-18 00:34:25 +00004379 cast<FunctionDecl>(Specialization->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004380 }
4381 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004382
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004383 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Fun)) {
4384 // Skip non-static functions when converting to pointer, and static
4385 // when converting to member pointer.
4386 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004387 continue;
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00004388
4389 // If we have explicit template arguments, skip non-templates.
4390 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
4391 continue;
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004392 } else if (IsMember)
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004393 continue;
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004394
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00004395 if (FunctionDecl *FunDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Fun)) {
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004396 if (FunctionType == Context.getCanonicalType(FunDecl->getType())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6b7e3762009-07-18 00:34:25 +00004397 Matches.insert(cast<FunctionDecl>(Fun->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004398 FoundNonTemplateFunction = true;
4399 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004400 }
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004401 }
4402
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004403 // If there were 0 or 1 matches, we're done.
4404 if (Matches.empty())
4405 return 0;
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004406 else if (Matches.size() == 1) {
4407 FunctionDecl *Result = *Matches.begin();
4408 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
4409 return Result;
4410 }
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004411
4412 // C++ [over.over]p4:
4413 // If more than one function is selected, [...]
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004414 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<FunctionDecl *, 4>::iterator MatchIter;
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00004415 if (!FoundNonTemplateFunction) {
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004416 // [...] and any given function template specialization F1 is
4417 // eliminated if the set contains a second function template
4418 // specialization whose function template is more specialized
4419 // than the function template of F1 according to the partial
4420 // ordering rules of 14.5.5.2.
4421
4422 // The algorithm specified above is quadratic. We instead use a
4423 // two-pass algorithm (similar to the one used to identify the
4424 // best viable function in an overload set) that identifies the
4425 // best function template (if it exists).
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004426 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 8> TemplateMatches(Matches.begin(),
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00004427 Matches.end());
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004428 FunctionDecl *Result =
4429 getMostSpecialized(TemplateMatches.data(), TemplateMatches.size(),
4430 TPOC_Other, From->getLocStart(),
4431 PDiag(),
4432 PDiag(diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
4433 << TemplateMatches[0]->getDeclName(),
4434 PDiag(diag::err_ovl_template_candidate));
4435 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
4436 return Result;
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004437 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004438
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00004439 // [...] any function template specializations in the set are
4440 // eliminated if the set also contains a non-template function, [...]
4441 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> RemainingMatches;
4442 for (MatchIter M = Matches.begin(), MEnd = Matches.end(); M != MEnd; ++M)
4443 if ((*M)->getPrimaryTemplate() == 0)
4444 RemainingMatches.push_back(*M);
4445
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004446 // [...] After such eliminations, if any, there shall remain exactly one
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004447 // selected function.
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004448 if (RemainingMatches.size() == 1) {
4449 FunctionDecl *Result = RemainingMatches.front();
4450 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
4451 return Result;
4452 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004453
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004454 // FIXME: We should probably return the same thing that BestViableFunction
4455 // returns (even if we issue the diagnostics here).
4456 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
4457 << RemainingMatches[0]->getDeclName();
4458 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RemainingMatches.size(); I != N; ++I)
4459 Diag(RemainingMatches[I]->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate);
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004460 return 0;
4461}
4462
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004463/// \brief Add a single candidate to the overload set.
4464static void AddOverloadedCallCandidate(Sema &S,
4465 AnyFunctionDecl Callee,
4466 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
4467 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00004468 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004469 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4470 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4471 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
4472 bool PartialOverloading) {
4473 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Callee)) {
4474 assert(!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && "Explicit template arguments?");
4475 S.AddOverloadCandidate(Func, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet, false, false,
4476 PartialOverloading);
4477
4478 if (Func->getDeclContext()->isRecord() ||
4479 Func->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
4480 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
4481 return;
4482 }
4483
4484 FunctionTemplateDecl *FuncTemplate = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee);
4485 S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FuncTemplate, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4486 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4487 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4488 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
4489
4490 if (FuncTemplate->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
4491 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
4492}
4493
4494/// \brief Add the overload candidates named by callee and/or found by argument
4495/// dependent lookup to the given overload set.
4496void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates(NamedDecl *Callee,
4497 DeclarationName &UnqualifiedName,
4498 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
4499 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00004500 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004501 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4502 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4503 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
4504 bool PartialOverloading) {
4505 // Add the functions denoted by Callee to the set of candidate
4506 // functions. While we're doing so, track whether argument-dependent
4507 // lookup still applies, per:
4508 //
4509 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
4510 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
4511 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
4512 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains
4513 //
4514 // -- a declaration of a class member, or
4515 //
4516 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
4517 // using-declaration (FIXME: check for using declaration), or
4518 //
4519 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
4520 // template
4521 //
4522 // then Y is empty.
4523 if (!Callee) {
4524 // Nothing to do.
4525 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
4526 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(Callee)) {
4527 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
4528 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
4529 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
4530 AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, *Func, ArgumentDependentLookup,
4531 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4532 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4533 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
4534 PartialOverloading);
4535 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Callee) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee))
4536 AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this,
4537 AnyFunctionDecl::getFromNamedDecl(Callee),
4538 ArgumentDependentLookup,
4539 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4540 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4541 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
4542 PartialOverloading);
4543 // FIXME: assert isa<FunctionDecl> || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl> rather than
4544 // checking dynamically.
4545
4546 if (Callee)
4547 UnqualifiedName = Callee->getDeclName();
4548
4549 if (ArgumentDependentLookup)
4550 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(UnqualifiedName, Args, NumArgs,
4551 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4552 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4553 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4554 CandidateSet,
4555 PartialOverloading);
4556}
4557
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004558/// ResolveOverloadedCallFn - Given the call expression that calls Fn
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004559/// (which eventually refers to the declaration Func) and the call
4560/// arguments Args/NumArgs, attempt to resolve the function call down
4561/// to a specific function. If overload resolution succeeds, returns
4562/// the function declaration produced by overload
Douglas Gregora60a6912008-11-26 06:01:48 +00004563/// resolution. Otherwise, emits diagnostics, deletes all of the
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004564/// arguments and Fn, and returns NULL.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004565FunctionDecl *Sema::ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *Callee,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004566 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004567 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00004568 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004569 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregora60a6912008-11-26 06:01:48 +00004570 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4571 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004572 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004573 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004574 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup) {
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004575 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004576
4577 // Add the functions denoted by Callee to the set of candidate
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004578 // functions.
4579 AddOverloadedCallCandidates(Callee, UnqualifiedName, ArgumentDependentLookup,
4580 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4581 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, NumArgs,
4582 CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004583 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004584 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Fn->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregora60a6912008-11-26 06:01:48 +00004585 case OR_Success:
4586 return Best->Function;
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004587
4588 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Chris Lattner45d9d602009-02-17 07:29:20 +00004589 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004590 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
Chris Lattner45d9d602009-02-17 07:29:20 +00004591 << UnqualifiedName << Fn->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004592 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
4593 break;
4594
4595 case OR_Ambiguous:
4596 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004597 << UnqualifiedName << Fn->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004598 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4599 break;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004600
4601 case OR_Deleted:
4602 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
4603 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4604 << UnqualifiedName
4605 << Fn->getSourceRange();
4606 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4607 break;
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004608 }
4609
4610 // Overload resolution failed. Destroy all of the subexpressions and
4611 // return NULL.
4612 Fn->Destroy(Context);
4613 for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg)
4614 Args[Arg]->Destroy(Context);
4615 return 0;
4616}
4617
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004618/// \brief Create a unary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
4619/// operator.
4620///
4621/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '*').
4622///
4623/// \param OpcIn The UnaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
4624/// operator.
4625///
4626/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
4627/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
4628/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
4629/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
4630/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
4631/// by CreateOverloadedUnaryOp().
4632///
4633/// \param input The input argument.
4634Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4635 unsigned OpcIn,
4636 FunctionSet &Functions,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004637 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004638 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
4639 Expr *Input = (Expr *)input.get();
4640
4641 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4642 assert(Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator");
4643 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
4644
4645 Expr *Args[2] = { Input, 0 };
4646 unsigned NumArgs = 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004647
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004648 // For post-increment and post-decrement, add the implicit '0' as
4649 // the second argument, so that we know this is a post-increment or
4650 // post-decrement.
4651 if (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc || Opc == UnaryOperator::PostDec) {
4652 llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004653 Args[1] = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(Zero, Context.IntTy,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004654 SourceLocation());
4655 NumArgs = 2;
4656 }
4657
4658 if (Input->isTypeDependent()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004659 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overloads
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004660 = OverloadedFunctionDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, OpName);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004661 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004662 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
4663 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
4664 Overloads->addOverload(*Func);
4665
4666 DeclRefExpr *Fn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Overloads, Context.OverloadTy,
4667 OpLoc, false, false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004668
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004669 input.release();
4670 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
4671 &Args[0], NumArgs,
4672 Context.DependentTy,
4673 OpLoc));
4674 }
4675
4676 // Build an empty overload set.
4677 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
4678
4679 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
4680 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet, false);
4681
4682 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
4683 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
4684
4685 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00004686 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004687
4688 // Perform overload resolution.
4689 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004690 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004691 case OR_Success: {
4692 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
4693 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004694
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004695 if (FnDecl) {
4696 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
4697 // operator.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004698
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004699 // Convert the arguments.
4700 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
4701 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, Method))
4702 return ExprError();
4703 } else {
4704 // Convert the arguments.
4705 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Input,
4706 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
4707 "passing"))
4708 return ExprError();
4709 }
4710
4711 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlssonf64a3da2009-10-13 21:19:37 +00004712 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004713
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004714 // Build the actual expression node.
4715 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
4716 SourceLocation());
4717 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004718
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004719 input.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004720
Anders Carlssonf64a3da2009-10-13 21:19:37 +00004721 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this,
4722 new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
4723 &Input, 1, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4724
4725 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
4726 FnDecl))
4727 return ExprError();
4728
4729 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004730 } else {
4731 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
4732 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
4733 // operator node.
4734 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Input, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
4735 Best->Conversions[0], "passing"))
4736 return ExprError();
4737
4738 break;
4739 }
4740 }
4741
4742 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
4743 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
4744 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
4745 break;
4746
4747 case OR_Ambiguous:
4748 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
4749 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
4750 << Input->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004751 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true,
4752 UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004753 return ExprError();
4754
4755 case OR_Deleted:
4756 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
4757 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4758 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
4759 << Input->getSourceRange();
4760 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4761 return ExprError();
4762 }
4763
4764 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
4765 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
4766 // build a built-in operation.
4767 input.release();
4768 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Owned(Input));
4769}
4770
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004771/// \brief Create a binary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
4772/// operator.
4773///
4774/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '+').
4775///
4776/// \param OpcIn The BinaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
4777/// operator.
4778///
4779/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
4780/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
4781/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
4782/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
4783/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
4784/// by CreateOverloadedBinOp().
4785///
4786/// \param LHS Left-hand argument.
4787/// \param RHS Right-hand argument.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004788Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004789Sema::CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004790 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004791 FunctionSet &Functions,
4792 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004793 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS, RHS };
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004794 LHS=RHS=0; //Please use only Args instead of LHS/RHS couple
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004795
4796 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<BinaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
4797 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4798 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
4799
4800 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
4801 // expression.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004802 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00004803 if (Functions.empty()) {
4804 // If there are no functions to store, just build a dependent
4805 // BinaryOperator or CompoundAssignment.
4806 if (Opc <= BinaryOperator::Assign || Opc > BinaryOperator::OrAssign)
4807 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
4808 Context.DependentTy, OpLoc));
4809
4810 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
4811 Context.DependentTy,
4812 Context.DependentTy,
4813 Context.DependentTy,
4814 OpLoc));
4815 }
4816
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004817 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overloads
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004818 = OverloadedFunctionDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, OpName);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004819 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004820 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
4821 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
4822 Overloads->addOverload(*Func);
4823
4824 DeclRefExpr *Fn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Overloads, Context.OverloadTy,
4825 OpLoc, false, false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004826
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004827 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004828 Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004829 Context.DependentTy,
4830 OpLoc));
4831 }
4832
4833 // If this is the .* operator, which is not overloadable, just
4834 // create a built-in binary operator.
4835 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004836 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004837
4838 // If this is one of the assignment operators, we only perform
4839 // overload resolution if the left-hand side is a class or
4840 // enumeration type (C++ [expr.ass]p3).
4841 if (Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign &&
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004842 !Args[0]->getType()->isOverloadableType())
4843 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004844
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004845 // Build an empty overload set.
4846 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004847
4848 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
4849 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, Args, 2, CandidateSet, false);
4850
4851 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
4852 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4853
4854 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00004855 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004856
4857 // Perform overload resolution.
4858 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004859 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004860 case OR_Success: {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004861 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
4862 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
4863
4864 if (FnDecl) {
4865 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
4866 // operator.
4867
4868 // Convert the arguments.
4869 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004870 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], Method) ||
4871 PerformCopyInitialization(Args[1], FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004872 "passing"))
4873 return ExprError();
4874 } else {
4875 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004876 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Args[0], FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004877 "passing") ||
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004878 PerformCopyInitialization(Args[1], FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004879 "passing"))
4880 return ExprError();
4881 }
4882
4883 // Determine the result type
4884 QualType ResultTy
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004885 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004886 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
4887
4888 // Build the actual expression node.
4889 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef1c1e52009-07-14 03:19:38 +00004890 OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004891 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
4892
Anders Carlssone4f4b5e2009-10-13 22:43:21 +00004893 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
4894 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
4895 Args, 2, ResultTy,
4896 OpLoc));
4897
4898 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
4899 FnDecl))
4900 return ExprError();
4901
4902 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004903 } else {
4904 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
4905 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
4906 // operator node.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004907 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004908 Best->Conversions[0], "passing") ||
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004909 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004910 Best->Conversions[1], "passing"))
4911 return ExprError();
4912
4913 break;
4914 }
4915 }
4916
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004917 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
4918 // C++ [over.match.oper]p9:
4919 // If the operator is the operator , [...] and there are no
4920 // viable functions, then the operator is assumed to be the
4921 // built-in operator and interpreted according to clause 5.
4922 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::Comma)
4923 break;
4924
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00004925 // For class as left operand for assignment or compound assigment operator
4926 // do not fall through to handling in built-in, but report that no overloaded
4927 // assignment operator found
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004928 OwningExprResult Result = ExprError();
4929 if (Args[0]->getType()->isRecordType() &&
4930 Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign) {
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00004931 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
4932 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004933 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004934 } else {
4935 // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will
4936 // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates.
4937 Result = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00004938 }
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004939 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
4940 "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
4941 if (Result.isInvalid())
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004942 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false,
4943 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004944 return move(Result);
4945 }
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004946
4947 case OR_Ambiguous:
4948 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
4949 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004950 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004951 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true,
4952 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004953 return ExprError();
4954
4955 case OR_Deleted:
4956 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
4957 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4958 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004959 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004960 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4961 return ExprError();
4962 }
4963
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004964 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004965 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004966}
4967
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00004968Action::OwningExprResult
4969Sema::CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
4970 SourceLocation RLoc,
4971 ExprArg Base, ExprArg Idx) {
4972 Expr *Args[2] = { static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
4973 static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get()) };
4974 DeclarationName OpName =
4975 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Subscript);
4976
4977 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
4978 // expression.
4979 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
4980
4981 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overloads
4982 = OverloadedFunctionDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, OpName);
4983
4984 DeclRefExpr *Fn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Overloads, Context.OverloadTy,
4985 LLoc, false, false);
4986
4987 Base.release();
4988 Idx.release();
4989 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript, Fn,
4990 Args, 2,
4991 Context.DependentTy,
4992 RLoc));
4993 }
4994
4995 // Build an empty overload set.
4996 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
4997
4998 // Subscript can only be overloaded as a member function.
4999
5000 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
5001 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
5002
5003 // Add builtin operator candidates.
5004 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
5005
5006 // Perform overload resolution.
5007 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
5008 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
5009 case OR_Success: {
5010 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
5011 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
5012
5013 if (FnDecl) {
5014 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
5015 // operator.
5016
5017 // Convert the arguments.
5018 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl);
5019 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], Method) ||
5020 PerformCopyInitialization(Args[1],
5021 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
5022 "passing"))
5023 return ExprError();
5024
5025 // Determine the result type
5026 QualType ResultTy
5027 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
5028 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
5029
5030 // Build the actual expression node.
5031 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
5032 LLoc);
5033 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
5034
5035 Base.release();
5036 Idx.release();
5037 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5038 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
5039 FnExpr, Args, 2,
5040 ResultTy, RLoc));
5041
5042 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), LLoc, TheCall.get(),
5043 FnDecl))
5044 return ExprError();
5045
5046 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
5047 } else {
5048 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
5049 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
5050 // operator node.
5051 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
5052 Best->Conversions[0], "passing") ||
5053 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
5054 Best->Conversions[1], "passing"))
5055 return ExprError();
5056
5057 break;
5058 }
5059 }
5060
5061 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
5062 // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will
5063 // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates.
5064 OwningExprResult Result =
5065 CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
5066 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
5067 "C++ subscript operator overloading is missing candidates!");
5068 if (Result.isInvalid())
5069 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false,
5070 "[]", LLoc);
5071 return move(Result);
5072 }
5073
5074 case OR_Ambiguous:
5075 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
5076 << "[]" << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
5077 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true,
5078 "[]", LLoc);
5079 return ExprError();
5080
5081 case OR_Deleted:
5082 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5083 << Best->Function->isDeleted() << "[]"
5084 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
5085 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
5086 return ExprError();
5087 }
5088
5089 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
5090 Base.release();
5091 Idx.release();
5092 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Owned(Args[0]), LLoc,
5093 Owned(Args[1]), RLoc);
5094}
5095
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005096/// BuildCallToMemberFunction - Build a call to a member
5097/// function. MemExpr is the expression that refers to the member
5098/// function (and includes the object parameter), Args/NumArgs are the
5099/// arguments to the function call (not including the object
5100/// parameter). The caller needs to validate that the member
5101/// expression refers to a member function or an overloaded member
5102/// function.
5103Sema::ExprResult
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005104Sema::BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExprE,
5105 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005106 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
5107 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5108 // Dig out the member expression. This holds both the object
5109 // argument and the member function we're referring to.
5110 MemberExpr *MemExpr = 0;
5111 if (ParenExpr *ParenE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(MemExprE))
5112 MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(ParenE->getSubExpr());
5113 else
5114 MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(MemExprE);
5115 assert(MemExpr && "Building member call without member expression");
5116
5117 // Extract the object argument.
5118 Expr *ObjectArg = MemExpr->getBase();
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00005119
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005120 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005121 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
5122 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005123 // Add overload candidates
5124 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005125 DeclarationName DeclName = MemExpr->getMemberDecl()->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005126
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00005127 for (OverloadIterator Func(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()), FuncEnd;
5128 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005129 if ((Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))) {
5130 // If explicit template arguments were provided, we can't call a
5131 // non-template member function.
5132 if (MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgumentList())
5133 continue;
5134
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005135 AddMethodCandidate(Method, ObjectArg, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00005136 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005137 } else
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00005138 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func),
5139 MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgumentList(),
5140 MemExpr->getTemplateArgs(),
5141 MemExpr->getNumTemplateArgs(),
5142 ObjectArg, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00005143 CandidateSet,
5144 /*SuppressUsedConversions=*/false);
5145 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005146
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005147 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005148 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, MemExpr->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005149 case OR_Success:
5150 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
5151 break;
5152
5153 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005154 Diag(MemExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005155 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call)
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005156 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005157 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
5158 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
5159 return true;
5160
5161 case OR_Ambiguous:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005162 Diag(MemExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005163 diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_member_call)
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005164 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005165 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
5166 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
5167 return true;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005168
5169 case OR_Deleted:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005170 Diag(MemExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005171 diag::err_ovl_deleted_member_call)
5172 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005173 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005174 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
5175 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
5176 return true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005177 }
5178
5179 FixOverloadedFunctionReference(MemExpr, Method);
5180 } else {
5181 Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl());
5182 }
5183
5184 assert(Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005185 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00005186 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, MemExpr, Args,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005187 NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005188 Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
5189 RParenLoc));
5190
Anders Carlssonc4859ba2009-10-10 00:06:20 +00005191 // Check for a valid return type.
5192 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
5193 TheCall.get(), Method))
5194 return true;
5195
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005196 // Convert the object argument (for a non-static member function call).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005197 if (!Method->isStatic() &&
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005198 PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectArg, Method))
5199 return true;
5200 MemExpr->setBase(ObjectArg);
5201
5202 // Convert the rest of the arguments
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005203 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005204 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, MemExpr, Method, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005205 RParenLoc))
5206 return true;
5207
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00005208 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
5209 return true;
Anders Carlsson8c84c202009-08-16 03:42:12 +00005210
5211 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005212}
5213
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005214/// BuildCallToObjectOfClassType - Build a call to an object of class
5215/// type (C++ [over.call.object]), which can end up invoking an
5216/// overloaded function call operator (@c operator()) or performing a
5217/// user-defined conversion on the object argument.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005218Sema::ExprResult
5219Sema::BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object,
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +00005220 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005221 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005222 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005223 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5224 assert(Object->getType()->isRecordType() && "Requires object type argument");
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005225 const RecordType *Record = Object->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005226
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005227 // C++ [over.call.object]p1:
5228 // If the primary-expression E in the function call syntax
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00005229 // evaluates to a class object of type "cv T", then the set of
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005230 // candidate functions includes at least the function call
5231 // operators of T. The function call operators of T are obtained by
5232 // ordinary lookup of the name operator() in the context of
5233 // (E).operator().
5234 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005235 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call);
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00005236 DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Oper, OperEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00005237 for (llvm::tie(Oper, OperEnd) = Record->getDecl()->lookup(OpName);
Douglas Gregor358e7742009-11-07 17:23:56 +00005238 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
5239 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Oper)) {
5240 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunTmpl, false, 0, 0, Object, Args, NumArgs,
5241 CandidateSet,
5242 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
5243 continue;
5244 }
5245
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005246 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Oper), Object, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00005247 CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Douglas Gregor358e7742009-11-07 17:23:56 +00005248 }
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005249
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005250 if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Object->getType(),
5251 PartialDiagnostic(diag::err_incomplete_object_call)
5252 << Object->getSourceRange()))
5253 return true;
5254
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005255 // C++ [over.call.object]p2:
5256 // In addition, for each conversion function declared in T of the
5257 // form
5258 //
5259 // operator conversion-type-id () cv-qualifier;
5260 //
5261 // where cv-qualifier is the same cv-qualification as, or a
5262 // greater cv-qualification than, cv, and where conversion-type-id
Douglas Gregorf49fdf82008-11-20 13:33:37 +00005263 // denotes the type "pointer to function of (P1,...,Pn) returning
5264 // R", or the type "reference to pointer to function of
5265 // (P1,...,Pn) returning R", or the type "reference to function
5266 // of (P1,...,Pn) returning R", a surrogate call function [...]
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005267 // is also considered as a candidate function. Similarly,
5268 // surrogate call functions are added to the set of candidate
5269 // functions for each conversion function declared in an
5270 // accessible base class provided the function is not hidden
5271 // within T by another intervening declaration.
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005272 // FIXME: Look in base classes for more conversion operators!
5273 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions
5274 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->getConversionFunctions();
5275 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
5276 Func = Conversions->function_begin(),
5277 FuncEnd = Conversions->function_end();
5278 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
5279 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
5280 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
5281 GetFunctionAndTemplate(*Func, Conv, ConvTemplate);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005282
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005283 // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't
5284 // surrogates.
5285 if (ConvTemplate)
5286 continue;
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00005287
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005288 // Strip the reference type (if any) and then the pointer type (if
5289 // any) to get down to what might be a function type.
5290 QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
5291 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
5292 ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005293
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005294 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
5295 AddSurrogateCandidate(Conv, Proto, Object, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005296 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005297
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005298 // Perform overload resolution.
5299 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005300 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Object->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005301 case OR_Success:
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005302 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the appropriate call
5303 // below.
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005304 break;
5305
5306 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005307 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Sebastian Redl15b02d22008-11-22 13:44:36 +00005308 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_object_call)
Chris Lattner45d9d602009-02-17 07:29:20 +00005309 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl15b02d22008-11-22 13:44:36 +00005310 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005311 break;
5312
5313 case OR_Ambiguous:
5314 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5315 diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_object_call)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005316 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005317 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
5318 break;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005319
5320 case OR_Deleted:
5321 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5322 diag::err_ovl_deleted_object_call)
5323 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
5324 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
5325 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
5326 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005327 }
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005328
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005329 if (Best == CandidateSet.end()) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005330 // We had an error; delete all of the subexpressions and return
5331 // the error.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005332 Object->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005333 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005334 Args[ArgIdx]->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005335 return true;
5336 }
5337
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005338 if (Best->Function == 0) {
5339 // Since there is no function declaration, this is one of the
5340 // surrogate candidates. Dig out the conversion function.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005341 CXXConversionDecl *Conv
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005342 = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(
5343 Best->Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction);
5344
5345 // We selected one of the surrogate functions that converts the
5346 // object parameter to a function pointer. Perform the conversion
5347 // on the object argument, then let ActOnCallExpr finish the job.
Fariborz Jahanian774cf792009-09-28 18:35:46 +00005348
5349 // Create an implicit member expr to refer to the conversion operator.
Fariborz Jahanian78cfcb52009-09-28 23:23:40 +00005350 // and then call it.
Fariborz Jahanian774cf792009-09-28 18:35:46 +00005351 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
Fariborz Jahanian78cfcb52009-09-28 23:23:40 +00005352 BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Object, Conv);
5353
Fariborz Jahanian774cf792009-09-28 18:35:46 +00005354 return ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, CE), LParenLoc,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005355 MultiExprArg(*this, (ExprTy**)Args, NumArgs),
5356 CommaLocs, RParenLoc).release();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005357 }
5358
5359 // We found an overloaded operator(). Build a CXXOperatorCallExpr
5360 // that calls this method, using Object for the implicit object
5361 // parameter and passing along the remaining arguments.
5362 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005363 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005364
5365 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
5366 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
5367
5368 // Build the full argument list for the method call (the
5369 // implicit object parameter is placed at the beginning of the
5370 // list).
5371 Expr **MethodArgs;
5372 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
5373 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
5374 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgsInProto + 1];
5375 } else {
5376 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgs + 1];
5377 }
5378 MethodArgs[0] = Object;
5379 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
5380 MethodArgs[ArgIdx + 1] = Args[ArgIdx];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005381
5382 Expr *NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005383 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005384 UsualUnaryConversions(NewFn);
5385
5386 // Once we've built TheCall, all of the expressions are properly
5387 // owned.
5388 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005389 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5390 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Call, NewFn,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005391 MethodArgs, NumArgs + 1,
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005392 ResultTy, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005393 delete [] MethodArgs;
5394
Anders Carlsson3d5829c2009-10-13 21:49:31 +00005395 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), LParenLoc, TheCall.get(),
5396 Method))
5397 return true;
5398
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005399 // We may have default arguments. If so, we need to allocate more
5400 // slots in the call for them.
5401 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto)
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005402 TheCall->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto + 1);
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005403 else if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto)
5404 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
5405
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005406 bool IsError = false;
5407
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005408 // Initialize the implicit object parameter.
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005409 IsError |= PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, Method);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005410 TheCall->setArg(0, Object);
5411
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005412
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005413 // Check the argument types.
5414 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005415 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005416 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005417 Arg = Args[i];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005418
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005419 // Pass the argument.
5420 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005421 IsError |= PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing");
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005422 } else {
Douglas Gregor1bc688d2009-11-09 19:27:57 +00005423 OwningExprResult DefArg
5424 = BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(LParenLoc, Method, Method->getParamDecl(i));
5425 if (DefArg.isInvalid()) {
5426 IsError = true;
5427 break;
5428 }
5429
5430 Arg = DefArg.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005431 }
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005432
5433 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
5434 }
5435
5436 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
5437 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
5438 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
5439 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
5440 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005441 IsError |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, VariadicMethod);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005442 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
5443 }
5444 }
5445
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005446 if (IsError) return true;
5447
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00005448 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
5449 return true;
5450
Anders Carlsson1c83deb2009-08-16 03:53:54 +00005451 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release();
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005452}
5453
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005454/// BuildOverloadedArrowExpr - Build a call to an overloaded @c operator->
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005455/// (if one exists), where @c Base is an expression of class type and
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005456/// @c Member is the name of the member we're trying to find.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005457Sema::OwningExprResult
5458Sema::BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseIn, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
5459 Expr *Base = static_cast<Expr *>(BaseIn.get());
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005460 assert(Base->getType()->isRecordType() && "left-hand side must have class type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005461
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005462 // C++ [over.ref]p1:
5463 //
5464 // [...] An expression x->m is interpreted as (x.operator->())->m
5465 // for a class object x of type T if T::operator->() exists and if
5466 // the operator is selected as the best match function by the
5467 // overload resolution mechanism (13.3).
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005468 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Arrow);
5469 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005470 const RecordType *BaseRecord = Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005471
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005472 LookupResult R;
5473 LookupQualifiedName(R, BaseRecord->getDecl(), OpName, LookupOrdinaryName);
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00005474
5475 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
5476 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper)
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00005477 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Oper), Base, 0, 0, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005478 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005479
5480 // Perform overload resolution.
5481 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005482 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005483 case OR_Success:
5484 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the call below.
5485 break;
5486
5487 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
5488 if (CandidateSet.empty())
5489 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005490 << Base->getType() << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005491 else
5492 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005493 << "operator->" << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005494 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005495 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005496
5497 case OR_Ambiguous:
5498 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00005499 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005500 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005501 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005502
5503 case OR_Deleted:
5504 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5505 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00005506 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005507 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005508 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005509 }
5510
5511 // Convert the object parameter.
5512 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
Douglas Gregor9ecea262008-11-21 03:04:22 +00005513 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Base, Method))
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005514 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ecea262008-11-21 03:04:22 +00005515
5516 // No concerns about early exits now.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005517 BaseIn.release();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005518
5519 // Build the operator call.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005520 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
5521 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005522 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Anders Carlssone4f4b5e2009-10-13 22:43:21 +00005523
5524 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
5525 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5526 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Arrow, FnExpr,
5527 &Base, 1, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5528
5529 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
5530 Method))
5531 return ExprError();
5532 return move(TheCall);
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005533}
5534
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005535/// FixOverloadedFunctionReference - E is an expression that refers to
5536/// a C++ overloaded function (possibly with some parentheses and
5537/// perhaps a '&' around it). We have resolved the overloaded function
5538/// to the function declaration Fn, so patch up the expression E to
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005539/// refer (possibly indirectly) to Fn. Returns the new expr.
5540Expr *Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, FunctionDecl *Fn) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005541 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005542 Expr *NewExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(PE->getSubExpr(), Fn);
Douglas Gregor091f0422009-10-23 22:18:25 +00005543 PE->setSubExpr(NewExpr);
5544 PE->setType(NewExpr->getType());
5545 } else if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
5546 Expr *NewExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ICE->getSubExpr(), Fn);
5547 assert(Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(),
5548 NewExpr->getType()) &&
5549 "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload");
5550 ICE->setSubExpr(NewExpr);
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005551 } else if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005552 assert(UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf &&
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005553 "Can only take the address of an overloaded function");
Douglas Gregor6f233ef2009-02-11 01:18:59 +00005554 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
5555 if (Method->isStatic()) {
5556 // Do nothing: static member functions aren't any different
5557 // from non-member functions.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005558 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(UnOp->getSubExpr())) {
5559 if (DRE->getQualifier()) {
5560 // We have taken the address of a pointer to member
5561 // function. Perform the computation here so that we get the
5562 // appropriate pointer to member type.
5563 DRE->setDecl(Fn);
5564 DRE->setType(Fn->getType());
5565 QualType ClassType
5566 = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()));
5567 E->setType(Context.getMemberPointerType(Fn->getType(),
5568 ClassType.getTypePtr()));
5569 return E;
5570 }
Douglas Gregor6f233ef2009-02-11 01:18:59 +00005571 }
Douglas Gregor6a573fe2009-10-22 18:02:20 +00005572 // FIXME: TemplateIdRefExpr referring to a member function template
5573 // specialization!
Douglas Gregor6f233ef2009-02-11 01:18:59 +00005574 }
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005575 Expr *NewExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(), Fn);
5576 UnOp->setSubExpr(NewExpr);
5577 UnOp->setType(Context.getPointerType(NewExpr->getType()));
5578
5579 return UnOp;
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005580 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005581 assert((isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DR->getDecl()) ||
Douglas Gregor091f0422009-10-23 22:18:25 +00005582 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(DR->getDecl()) ||
5583 isa<FunctionDecl>(DR->getDecl())) &&
5584 "Expected function or function template");
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005585 DR->setDecl(Fn);
5586 E->setType(Fn->getType());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005587 } else if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
5588 MemExpr->setMemberDecl(Fn);
5589 E->setType(Fn->getType());
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005590 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TID = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(E)) {
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005591 E = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
5592 TID->getQualifier(), TID->getQualifierRange(),
5593 Fn, TID->getTemplateNameLoc(),
5594 true,
5595 TID->getLAngleLoc(),
5596 TID->getTemplateArgs(),
5597 TID->getNumTemplateArgs(),
5598 TID->getRAngleLoc(),
5599 Fn->getType(),
5600 /*FIXME?*/false, /*FIXME?*/false);
Douglas Gregor6a573fe2009-10-22 18:02:20 +00005601
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005602 // FIXME: Don't destroy TID here, since we need its template arguments
5603 // to survive.
5604 // TID->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor091f0422009-10-23 22:18:25 +00005605 } else if (isa<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(E)) {
5606 return DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
5607 /*Qualifier=*/0,
5608 /*QualifierRange=*/SourceRange(),
5609 Fn, E->getLocStart(),
5610 Fn->getType(), false, false);
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005611 } else {
5612 assert(false && "Invalid reference to overloaded function");
5613 }
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005614
5615 return E;
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005616}
5617
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005618} // end namespace clang